4 This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
5 of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
6 summary of the changes in that release.
8 8.16.1/8.16.1 2020/07/05
9 SECURITY: If sendmail tried to reuse an SMTP session which had
10 already been closed by the server, then the connection
11 cache could have invalid information about the session.
12 One possible consequence was that STARTTLS was not
13 used even if offered. This problem has been fixed
14 by clearing out all relevant status information
15 when a closed session is encountered.
16 OpenSSL versions before 0.9.8 are no longer supported.
17 OpenSSL version 1.1.0 and 1.1.1 are supported.
18 Initial support for DANE (see RFC 7672 et.al.) is available if
19 the compile time option DANE is set. Only TLSA RR 3-1-x
20 is currently implemented.
21 New options SSLEngine and SSLEnginePath to support OpenSSL engines.
22 Note: this feature has so far only been tested with the
23 "chil" engine; please report problems with other engines
25 New option CRLPath to specify a directory which contains
26 hashes pointing to certificate revocations files.
27 Based on patch from Al Smith.
28 New rulesets tls_srv_features and tls_clt_features which
29 can return a (semicolon separated) list of TLS related
30 options, e.g., CipherList, CertFile, KeyFile,
31 see doc/op/op.me for details.
32 To automatically handle TLS interoperability problems for outgoing
33 mail, sendmail can now immediately try a connection again
34 without STARTTLS after a TLS handshake failure.
35 This can be configured globally via the option
36 TLSFallbacktoClear or per session via the 'C' flag
38 This also adds the new value "CLEAR" for the macro
39 {verify}: STARTTLS has been disabled internally for
40 a clear text delivery attempt.
41 Apply Timeout.starttls also to the server waiting for the TLS
42 handshake to begin. Based on patch from Simon Hradecky.
43 New compile time option TLS_EC to enable the use of elliptic
44 curve cryptography in STARTTLS (previously available as
46 Handle MIME boundaries specified in headers which contain CRLF.
47 Fix detection of loopback net (it was broken when compiled
48 with NETINET6) and only set the macros {if_addr_out}
49 and {if_family_out} if the interface of the outgoing
50 connection does not belong to the loopback net.
51 Fix logic to enable a milter to delete a recipient in
52 DeliveryMode=interactive even if it might be subject
54 Log name of a milter making changes (this was missing for
56 Log the actual reply of a server when an SMTP delivery problem
57 occurs in a "reply=" field if possible.
58 Log user= for failed AUTH attempts if possible. Based on
59 patch from Packet Hack, Jim Hranicky, Kevin A. McGrail,
61 Add CDB as map type. Note: CDB is a "Constant DataBase", i.e.,
62 no changes can be made after it is created, hence it
63 does not work with vacation(1) nor editmap(8) (except
65 Fix some memory leaks (mostly in error cases) and properly handle
66 copied varargs in sm_io_vfprintf(). The issues were found
67 using Coverity Scan and reported (including patches) by
68 Ondřej Lysoněk of Red Hat.
69 Do not override ServerSSLOptions and ClientSSLOptions when they
70 are specified on the command line. Based on patch from
72 Add RFC7505 Null MX support for domains that declare they do not
74 New compile time option LDAP_NETWORK_TIMEOUT which is set
75 automatically when LDAPMAP is used and
76 LDAP_OPT_NETWORK_TIMEOUT is available to enable the
77 new -c option for LDAP maps to specify the network timeout.
78 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`tls_session_features') to enable standard
79 rules for tls_srv_features and tls_clt_features; for
80 details see cf/README.
81 CONFIG: New options confSSL_ENGINE and confSSL_ENGINE_PATH
82 for SSLEngine and SSLEnginePath, respectively.
83 CONFIG: New options confDANE to enable DANE support.
84 CONFIG: New option confTLS_FALLBACK_TO_CLEAR for TLSFallbacktoClear.
85 CONFIG: New extension CITag: for TLS restrictions, see cf/README
87 CONFIG: FEATURE(`blacklist_recipients') renamed to
88 FEATURE(`blocklist_recipients').
89 CONTRIB: cidrexpand updated to support IPv6 CIDR ranges and to
90 canonicalize IPv6 addresses; if cidrexpand is used with IPv6
91 addresses then UseCompressedIPv6Addresses must be disabled.
92 DOC: The dns map can return multiple values in a single result
93 if the -z option is used.
94 DOC: Note to set MustQuoteChars=. due to DKIM signatures.
95 LIBMILTER: Fix typo in a macro. Patch from Ignacio Goyret
97 LIBMILTER: Fix reference in xxfi_negotiate documentation.
98 Patch from Sven Neuhaus.
99 LIBMILTER: Fix function name in smfi_addrcpt_par documentation.
100 Patch from G.W. Haywood.
101 LIBMILTER: Fix a potential memory leak in smfi_setsymlist().
102 Patch from Martin Svec.
103 MAKEMAP: New map type "implicit" refers to the first available type,
104 i.e., it depends on the compile time options NEWDB, DBM,
105 and CDB. This can be used in conjunction with the
106 "implicit" map type in sendmail.cf.
107 Note: makemap, libsmdb, and sendmail must be compiled
108 with the same options (and library versions of course).
110 Add support for Darwin 14-18 (Mac OS X 10.x).
111 New option HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME2: set if your system
112 supports gethostbyname2(2).
113 Set SM_CONF_SEM=2 for FreeBSD 12 and later due to
115 On Linux set MAXHOSTNAMELEN (the maximum length
116 of a FQHN) to 256 if it is less than that value.
118 cf/feature/blocklist_recipients.m4
119 cf/feature/tls_failures.m4
120 devtools/OS/Darwin.14.x
121 devtools/OS/Darwin.15.x
122 devtools/OS/Darwin.16.x
126 8.15.2/8.15.2 2015/07/03
127 If FEATURE(`nopercenthack') is used then some bogus input triggered
128 a recursion which was caught and logged as
129 SYSERR: rewrite: excessive recursion (max 50) ...
130 Fix based on patch from Ondrej Holas.
131 DHParameters now by default uses an included 2048 bit prime.
132 The value 'none' previously caused a log entry claiming
133 there was an error "cannot read or set DH parameters".
134 Also note that this option applies to the server side only.
135 The U= mailer field didn't accept group names containing hyphens,
136 underbars, or periods. Based on patch from David Gwynne
137 of the University of Queensland.
138 CONFIG: Allow connections from IPv6:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1 to relay again.
139 Patch from Lars-Johan Liman of Netnod Internet Exchange.
140 CONFIG: New option UseCompressedIPv6Addresses to select between
141 compressed and uncompressed IPv6 addresses. The default
142 value depends on the compile-time option IPV6_FULL:
143 For 1 the default is False, for 0 it is True, thus
144 preserving the current behaviour. Based on patch from
146 CONFIG: Account for IPv6 localhost addresses in
147 FEATURE(`block_bad_helo'). Suggested by Andrey Chernov
148 from FreeBSD and Robert Scheck from the Fedora Project.
149 CONFIG: Account for IPv6 localhost addresses in check_mail ruleset.
150 LIBMILTER: Deal with more invalid protocol data to avoid potential
151 crashes. Problem noted by Dimitri Kirchner.
152 LIBMILTER: Allow a milter to specify an empty macro list ("", not
153 NULL) in smfi_setsymlist() so no macro is sent for the
155 MAKEMAP: A change to check TrustedUser in fewer cases which was
156 made in 2013 caused a potential regression when makemap
157 was run as root (which should not be done anyway).
158 Note: sendmail often contains options "For Future Releases"
159 (prefix _FFR_) which might be enabled in a subsequent
160 version or might simply be removed as they turned out not
161 to be really useful. These features are usually not
162 documented but if they are, then the required (FFR)
163 options are listed in
164 - doc/op/op.* for rulesets and macros,
165 - cf/README for mc/cf options.
167 8.15.1/8.15.1 2014/12/06
168 SECURITY: Properly set the close-on-exec flag for file descriptors
169 (except stdin, stdout, and stderr) before executing mailers.
170 If header rewriting fails due to a temporary map lookup failure,
171 queue the mail for later retry instead of sending it
172 without rewriting the header. Note: this is done
173 while the mail is being sent and hence the transaction
174 is aborted, which only works for SMTP/LMTP mailers
175 hence the handling of temporary map failures is
176 suppressed for other mailers. SMTP/LMTP servers may
177 complain about aborted transactions when this problem
179 See also "DNS Lookups" in sendmail/TUNING.
180 Incompatible Change: Use uncompressed IPv6 addresses by default,
181 i.e., they will not contain "::". For example,
182 instead of ::1 it will be 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1. This
183 permits a zero subnet to have a more specific match,
184 such as different map entries for IPv6:0:0 vs IPv6:0.
185 This change requires that configuration data
186 (including maps, files, classes, custom ruleset,
187 etc) must use the same format, so make certain such
188 configuration data is updated before using 8.15.
189 As a very simple check search for patterns like
190 'IPv6:[0-9a-fA-F:]*::' and 'IPv6::'. If necessary,
191 the prior format can be retained by compiling with:
192 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-DIPV6_FULL=0')
193 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.
194 If debugging is turned on (-d0.14) also print the OpenSSL
195 versions, both build time and run time
196 (provided STARTTLS is compiled in).
197 If a connection to the MTA is dropped by the client before its
198 hostname can be validated, treat it as "may be forged",
199 so that the unvalidated hostname is not passed to a
200 milter in xxfi_connect().
201 Add a timeout for communication with socket map servers
202 which can be specified using the -d option.
203 Add a compile time option HESIOD_ALLOW_NUMERIC_LOGIN to allow
204 numeric logins even if HESIOD is enabled.
205 The new option CertFingerprintAlgorithm specifies the finger-
206 print algorithm (digest) to use for the presented cert.
207 If the option is not set, md5 is used and the macro
208 {cert_md5} contains the cert fingerprint.
209 However, if the option is set, the specified algorithm
210 (e.g., sha1) is used and the macro {cert_fp} contains
211 the cert fingerprint.
212 That is, as long as the option is not set, the behaviour
213 does not change, but otherwise, {cert_md5} is superseded
214 by {cert_fp} even if you set CertFingerprintAlgorithm
216 The options ServerSSLOptions and ClientSSLOptions can be used
217 to set SSL options for the server and client side
218 respectively. See SSL_CTX_set_options(3) for a list.
219 Note: this change turns on SSL_OP_NO_SSLv2 and
220 SSL_OP_NO_TICKET for the client. See doc/op/op.me
222 The option CipherList sets the list of ciphers for STARTTLS.
223 See ciphers(1) for possible values.
224 Do not log "STARTTLS: internal error: tls_verify_cb: ssl == NULL"
225 if a CRLFile is in use (and LogLevel is 14 or higher.)
226 Store a more specific TLS protocol version in ${tls_version}
227 instead of a generic one, e.g., TLSv1 instead of
229 Properly set {client_port} value on little endian machines.
230 Patch from Kelsey Cummings of Sonic.net.
231 Per RFC 3848, indicate in the Received: header whether SSL or
232 SMTP AUTH was negotiated by setting the protocol clause
233 to ESMTPS, ESMTPA, or ESMTPSA instead of ESMTP.
234 If the 'C' flag is listed as TLSSrvOptions the requirement for the
235 TLS server to have a cert is removed. This only works
236 under very specific circumstances and should only be used
237 if the consequences are understood, e.g., clients
238 may not work with a server using this.
239 The options ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, ServerCertFile, and
240 ServerKeyFile can take a second file name, which must be
241 separated from the first with a comma (note: do not use
242 any spaces) to set up a second cert/key pair. This can
243 be used to have certs of different types, e.g., RSA
245 A new map type "arpa" is available to reverse an IP (IPv4 or IPv6)
246 address. It returns the string for the PTR lookup, but
247 without trailing {ip6,in-addr}.arpa.
248 New operation mode 'C' just checks the configuration file, e.g.,
249 sendmail -C new.cf -bC
250 will perform a basic syntax/consistency check of new.cf.
251 The mailer flag 'I' is deprecated and will be removed in a
253 Allow local (not just TCP) socket connections to the server, e.g.,
254 O DaemonPortOptions=Family=local, Addr=/var/mta/server.sock
256 If the new option MaxQueueAge is set to a value greater than zero,
257 entries in the queue will be retried during a queue run
258 only if the individual retry time has been reached which
259 is doubled for each attempt. The maximum retry time is
260 limited by the specified value.
261 New DontBlameSendmail option GroupReadableDefaultAuthInfoFile
262 to relax requirement for DefaultAuthInfo file.
263 Reset timeout after receiving a message to appropriate value if
264 STARTTLS is in use. Based on patch by Kelsey Cummings
266 Report correct error messages from the LDAP library for a range of
267 small negative return values covering those used by OpenLDAP.
268 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 5.0 and 6.0. Patch from
269 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
270 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nopercenthack') takes one parameter: reject or
271 nospecial which describes whether to disallow "%" in the
272 local part of an address.
273 DEVTOOLS: Fix regression in auto-detection of libraries when only
274 shared libraries are available. Problem reported by
276 LIBMILTER: Mark communication socket as close-on-exec in case
277 a user's filter starts other applications.
278 Based on patch from Paul Howarth.
280 SunOS 5.12 has changed the API for sigwait(2) to conform
281 with XPG7. Based on patch from Roger Faulkner of Oracle.
285 8.14.9/8.14.9 2014/05/21
286 SECURITY: Properly set the close-on-exec flag for file descriptors
287 (except stdin, stdout, and stderr) before executing mailers.
288 Fix a misformed comment in conf.c: "/*" within comment
289 which may cause a compilation error on some systems.
290 Problem reported by John Beck of Oracle.
291 DEVTOOLS: Fix regression in auto-detection of libraries when only
292 shared libraries are available. Problem reported by
295 8.14.8/8.14.8 2014/01/26
296 Properly initialize all OpenSSL algorithms for versions before
297 OpenSSL 0.9.8o. Without this SHA2 algorithms may not
298 work properly, causing for example failures for certs
299 that use sha256WithRSAEncryption as signature algorithm.
300 When looking up hostnames, ensure only to return those records
301 for the requested family (AF_INET or AF_INET6).
302 On system that have NEEDSGETIPNODE and NETINET6
303 this may have failed and cause delivery problems.
304 Problem noted by Kees Cook.
305 A new mailer flag '!' is available to suppress an MH hack
306 that drops an explicit From: header if it is the
307 same as what sendmail would generate.
308 Add an FFR (for future release) to use uncompressed IPv6 addresses,
309 i.e., they will not contain "::". For example, instead
310 of ::1 it will be 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1. This means that
311 configuration data (including maps, files, classes,
312 custom ruleset, etc) have to use the same format.
313 This will be turned on in 8.15. It can be enabled in 8.14
315 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_IPV6_FULL')
316 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.
317 Add an additional case for the WorkAroundBrokenAAAA check when
318 dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
319 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time.
320 Problem noted by Pavel Timofeev of OCS.
321 If available, pass LOGIN_SETCPUMASK and LOGIN_SETLOGINCLASS to
322 setusercontext() on deliveries as a different user.
323 Patch from Edward Tomasz Napierala from FreeBSD.
324 Avoid compiler warnings from a change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.25.
325 Patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO from FreeBSD.
326 Add support for DHParameters 2048-bit primes.
327 CONFIG: Accept IPv6 literals when evaluating the HELO/EHLO argument
328 in FEATURE(`block_bad_helo'). Suggested by Andrey Chernov.
329 LIBSMDB: Add a missing check for malloc() in libsmdb/smndbm.c.
330 Patch from Bill Parker.
331 LIBSMDB: Fix minor memory leaks in libsmdb/ if allocations
332 fail. Patch from John Beck of Oracle.
334 Add support for Darwin 12.x and 13.x (Mac OS X 10.8 and 10.9).
335 On Linux use socklen_t as the type for the 3rd argument
336 for getsockname/getpeername if the glibc version is at
339 devtools/OS/Darwin.12.x
340 devtools/OS/Darwin.13.x
342 8.14.7/8.14.7 2013/04/21
343 Drop support for IPv4-mapped IPv6 addresses to prevent the MTA
344 from using a mapped address over a legitimate IPv6 address
345 and to enforce the proper semantics over the IPv6
346 connection. Problem noted by Ulrich Sporlein.
347 Fix a regression introduced in 8.14.6: the wrong list of
348 macros was sent to a milter in the EHLO stage.
349 Problem found by Fabrice Bellet, reported via RedHat
351 Fix handling of ORCPT parameter for DSNs: xtext decoding
352 was not performed and a wrong syntax check was applied
353 to the "addr-type" field. Problem noted by Dan Lukes
355 Fix handling of NUL characters in the MIME conversion functions
356 so that message bodies containing them will be sent
357 on properly. Note: this usually also affects mails
358 that are not converted as those functions are used
359 for other purposes too. Problem noted by Elchonon
360 Edelson of Lockheed Martin.
361 Do not perform "duplicate" elimination of recipients if they
362 resolve to the error mailer using a temporary failure
363 (4xy) via ruleset 0. Problem noted by Akira Takahashi
365 CONTRIB: Updated version of etrn.pl script from John Beck
368 Unlike gcc, clang doesn't apply full prototypes to K&R
371 8.14.6/8.14.6 2012/12/23
372 Fix a regression introduced in 8.14.5: if a server offers
373 two AUTH lines, the MTA would not read them after
374 STARTTLS has been used and hence SMTP AUTH for
375 the client side would fail. Problem noted by Lena.
376 Do not cache hostnames internally in a non case sensitive way
377 as that may cause addresses to change from lower case
378 to upper case or vice versa. These header modifications
379 can cause problems with milters that rely on receiving
380 headers in the same way as they are being sent out such
381 as a DKIM signing milter.
382 If MaxQueueChildren is set then it was possible that new queue
383 runners could not be started anymore because an
384 internal counter was subject to a race condition.
385 If a milter decreases the timeout it waits for a communication
386 with the MTA, the MTA might experience a write() timeout.
387 In some situations, the resulting error might have been
388 ignored. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
389 Note: decreasing the communication timeout in a milter
390 should not be done without considering the potential
392 smfi_setsymlist() now properly sets the list of macros for
393 the milter which invoked it, instead of a global
394 list for all milters. Problem reported by
395 David Shrimpton of the University of Queensland.
396 If Timeout.resolver.retrans is set to a value larger than 20,
397 then resolver.retry was temporarily set to 0 for
398 gethostbyaddr() lookups. Now it is set to 1 instead.
400 If sendmail could not lock the statistics file due to a system
401 error, and sendmail later sends a DSN for a mail that
402 triggered such an error, then sendmail tried to access
403 memory that was freed before (causing a crash on some
404 systems). Problem reported by Ryan Stone.
405 Do not log negative values for size= nor pri= to avoid confusing
406 log parsers, instead limit the values to LONG_MAX.
407 Account for an API change in newer versions of Cyrus-SASL.
408 Patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO from FreeBSD.
409 Do not try to resolve link-local addresses for IPv4 (just as it
410 is done for IPv6). Patch from John Beck of Oracle.
411 Improve logging of client and server STARTTLS connection failures
412 that may be due to incompatible cipher lists by including
413 the reason for the failure in a single log line. Suggested
414 by James Carey of Boeing.
416 Add support for Darwin 11.x (Mac OS X 10.7).
417 Add support for SunOS 5.12 (aka Solaris 12). Patch from
420 devtools/OS/Darwin.11.x
421 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.12
423 8.14.5/8.14.5 2011/05/17
424 Do not cache SMTP extensions across connections as the cache
425 is based on hostname which may not be a unique identifier
426 for a server, i.e., different machines may have the
427 same hostname but provide different SMTP extensions.
428 Problem noted by Jim Hermann.
429 Avoid an out-of-bounds access in case a resolver reply for a DNS
430 map lookup returns a size larger than 1K. Based on a
431 patch from Dr. Werner Fink of SuSE.
432 If a job is aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
433 the keyboard), perform minimal cleanup to avoid invoking
434 functions that are not signal-safe. Note: in previous
435 versions the mail might have been queued up already
436 and would be delivered subsequently, now an interrupt
437 will always remove the queue files and thus prevent
439 Per RFC 6176, when operating as a TLS client, do not offer SSLv2.
440 Since TLS session resumption is never used as a client, disable
441 use of RFC 4507-style session tickets.
442 Work around gcc4 versions which reverse 25 years of history and
443 no longer align char buffers on the stack, breaking calls
444 to resolver functions on strict alignment platforms.
445 Found by Stuart Henderson of OpenBSD.
446 Read at most two AUTH lines from a server greeting (up to two
447 lines are read because servers may use "AUTH mechs" and
448 "AUTH=mechs"). Otherwise a malicious server may exhaust
449 the memory of the client. Bug report by Nils of MWR
451 Avoid triggering an assertion in the OpenLDAP code when the
452 connection to an LDAP server is lost while making a query.
453 Problem noted and patch provided by Andy Fiddaman.
454 If ConnectOnlyTo is set and sendmail is compiled with NETINET6
455 it would try to use an IPv6 address if an IPv4 (or
456 unparseable) address is specified.
457 If SASLv2 is used, make sure that the macro {auth_authen} is
458 stored in xtext format to avoid problems with parsing
459 it. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
460 CONFIG: FEATURE(`ldap_routing') in 8.14.4 tried to add a missing
461 -T<TMPF> that is required, but failed for some cases
462 that did not use LDAP. This change has been undone
463 until a better solution can be implemented. Problem
464 found by Andy Fiddaman.
465 CONFIG: Add cf/ostype/solaris11.m4 for Solaris11 support.
466 Contributed by Casper Dik of Oracle.
467 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Deal with H entries that do not have a
468 letter between the question marks. Patch from
470 DOC: Use a better description for the -i option in sendmail.
471 Patch from Mitchell Berger.
473 Add support for Darwin 10.x (Mac OS X 10.6).
474 Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for FreeBSD 3 and later. Patch
476 Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for OpenBSD 4.3 and later.
477 Use new directory "/system/volatile" for PidFile on
478 Solaris 11. Patch from Casper Dik of Oracle.
479 Fix compilation on Solaris 11 (and maybe some other
480 OSs) when using OpenSSL 1.0. Based on patch from
481 Jan Pechanec of Oracle.
482 Set SOCKADDR_LEN_T and SOCKOPT_LEN_T to socklen_t
483 for Solaris 11. Patch from Roger Faulkner of Oracle.
485 cf/ostype/solaris11.m4
487 8.14.4/8.14.4 2009/12/30
488 SECURITY: Handle bogus certificates containing NUL characters
489 in CNs by placing a string indicating a bad certificate
490 in the {cn_subject} or {cn_issuer} macro. Patch inspired
491 by Matthias Andree's changes for fetchmail.
492 During the generation of a queue identifier an integer overflow
493 could occur which might result in bogus characters
494 being used. Based on patch from John Vannoy of
495 Pepperdine University.
496 The value of headers, e.g., Precedence, Content-Type, et.al.,
497 was not processed correctly. Patch from Per Hedeland.
498 Between 8.11.7 and 8.12.0 the length limitation on a return
499 path was erroneously reduced from MAXNAME (256) to
500 MAXSHORTSTR (203). Patch from John Gardiner Myers
501 of Proofpoint; the problem was also noted by Steve
502 Hubert of University of Washington.
503 Prevent a crash when a hostname lookup returns a seemingly
504 valid result which contains a NULL pointer (this seems
505 to be happening on some Linux versions).
506 The process title was missing the current load average when
507 the MTA was delaying connections due to DelayLA.
508 Patch from Dick St.Peters of NetHeaven.
509 Do not reset the number of queue entries in shared memory if
510 only some of them are processed.
511 Fix overflow of an internal array when parsing some replies
512 from a milter. Problem found by Scott Rotondo
514 If STARTTLS is turned off in the server (via M=S) then it
515 would not be initialized for use in the client either.
516 Patch from Kazuteru Okahashi of IIJ.
517 If a Diffie-Hellman cipher is selected for STARTTLS, the
518 handshake could fail with some TLS implementations
519 because the prime used by the server is not long enough.
520 Note: the initialization of the DSA/DH parameters for
521 the server can take a significant amount of time on slow
522 machines. This can be turned off by setting DHParameters
523 to none or a file (see doc/op/op.me). Patch from
524 Petr Lampa of the Brno University of Technology.
525 Fix handling of `b' modifier for DaemonPortOptions on little
526 endian machines for loopback address. Patch from
527 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
528 Fix a potential memory leak in libsmdb/smdb1.c found by parfait.
529 Based on patch from Jonathan Gray of OpenBSD.
530 If a milter sets the reply code to "421" during the transfer
531 of the body, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
532 with that error to match the behavior of the other callbacks.
533 Return EX_IOERR (instead of 0) if a mail submission fails due to
534 missing disk space in the mail queue. Based on patch
535 from Martin Poole of RedHat.
536 CONFIG: Using FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s `nodomain' argument would
537 cause addresses not found in LDAP to be misparsed.
538 CONFIG: Using a CN restriction did not work for TLS_Clt as it
539 referred to a wrong macro. Patch from John Gardiner
541 CONFIG: The option relaytofulladdress of FEATURE(`access_db')
542 did not work if FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') is used too.
543 Problem noted by Kristian Shaw.
544 CONFIG: The internal function lower() was broken and hence
545 strcasecmp() did not work either, which could cause
546 problems for some FEATURE()s if upper case arguments
547 were used. Patch from Vesa-Matti J Kari of the
548 University of Helsinki.
549 LIBMILTER: Fix internal check whether a milter application
550 is compiled against the same version of libmilter as
551 it is linked against (especially useful for dynamic
553 LIBMILTER: Fix memory leak that occurred when smfi_setsymlist()
554 was used. Based on patch by Dan Lukes.
555 LIBMILTER: Document the effect of SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC for filters
556 which add, insert, or replace headers. From Benjamin
558 LIBMILTER: Fix error messages which refer to "select()" to be
559 correct if SM_CONF_POLL is used. Based on patch from
561 LIBSM: Fix handling of LDAP search failures where the error is
562 carried in the search result itself, such as seen with
563 OpenLDAP proxy servers.
564 VACATION: Do not refer to a local variable outside its scope.
565 Based on patch from Mark Costlow of Southwest Cyberport.
567 Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for SunOS 5.11. Patch from
568 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
569 Drop NISPLUS from default SunOS 5.11 map definitions.
570 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
572 8.14.3/8.14.3 2008/05/03
573 During ruleset processing the generation of a key for a map
574 lookup and the parsing of the default value was broken
575 for some macros, e.g., $|, which caused the BlankSub
576 character to be inserted into the workspace and thus
577 failures, e.g., rules that should have matched did not.
578 8.14.2 caused a regression: it accessed (macro) storage which was
579 freed before. First instance of the problem reported by
580 Matthew Dillon of DragonFlyBSD; variations of the same
581 bug reported by Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD, Moritz
582 Jodeit, and Dave Hayes.
583 Improve pathname length checks for persistent host status. Patch
584 from Joerg Sonnenberger of DragonFlyBSD.
585 Reword misleading SMTP reply text for FEATURE(`badmx'). Problem
586 noted by Beth Halsema.
587 The read timeout was fixed to be Timeout.datablock if STARTTLS
588 was activated. This may cause problems if that value
589 is lowered from its default. Problem noted by Jens Elkner.
590 CONFIG: Using LOCAL_TLS_CLIENT caused the tls_client ruleset
591 to operate incorrectly. Problem found by Werner Wiethege.
592 LIBMILTER: Omitting some protocol steps via the xxfi_negotiate()
593 callback did not work properly. The patchlevel of
594 libmilter has been set to 1 so a milter can determine
595 whether libmilter contains this fix.
596 MAKEMAP: If a delimiter is specified (-t) use that also when
597 dumping a map. Patch from Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD.
599 Add support for Darwin 9.x (Mac OS X 10.5).
600 Support shared libraries in Darwin 8 and 9. Patch from
601 Chris Behrens of Concentric.
602 Add support for SCO OpenServer 6, patch from Boyd Gerber.
603 DEVTOOLS: Clarify that confSHAREDLIBDIR requires a trailing slash.
605 devtools/OS/Darwin.9.x
608 8.14.2/8.14.2 2007/11/01
609 If a message was queued and it contained 8 bit characters in
610 a From: or To: header, then those characters could be
611 "mistaken" for internal control characters during a queue
612 run and trigger various consistency checks. Problem
613 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
614 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set to a value greater than 0 (which
615 it is by default) then even if the Linelimit parameter
616 is 0, sendmail corrupted in the non-transfer-encoding
617 case every MAXLINE-1 characters. Patch from John Gardiner
619 Setting the suboption DeliveryMode for DaemonPortOptions did not
620 work in earlier 8.14 versions.
621 Note: DeliveryMode=interactive is silently converted to
622 background if a milter can reject or delete a recipient.
623 Prior to 8.14 this happened only if milter could delete
625 ClientRate should trigger when the limit was exceeded (as
626 documented), not when it was reached. Patch from
627 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
628 Force a queue run for -qGqueuegroup even if no runners are
629 specified (R=0) and forking (F=f) is requested.
630 When multiple results are requested for a DNS map lookup
631 (-z and -Z), return only those that are relevant for
632 the query (not also those in the "additional section".)
633 If the message transfer time to sendmail (when acting as server)
634 exceeds Timeout.queuewarn or Timeout.queuereturn and
635 the message is refused (by a milter), sendmail previously
636 created a delivery status notification (DSN). Patch
637 from Doug Heath of The Hertz Corporation.
638 A code change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.22 for sasl_decode64() requires
639 the MTA to deal with some input (i.e., "=") itself.
640 Problem noted by Eliot Lear.
641 sendmail counted a delivery as successful if PIPELINING is
642 compiled in but not offered by the server and the
643 delivery failed temporarily. Patch from Werner Wiethege.
644 If getting the result of an LDAP query times out then close the
645 map so it will be reopened on the next lookup. This
646 should help "failover" configurations that specify more
647 than one LDAP server.
648 If check_compat returns $#discard then a "savemail panic" could
649 be triggered under some circumstances (e.g., requiring
650 a system which does not have the compile time flag
651 HASFLOCK set). Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura
652 of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
653 If a milter rejected a recipient, the count for nrcpts= in the
654 logfile entry might have been wrong. Problem found by
655 Petra Humann of TU Dresden.
656 If a milter invoked smfi_chgfrom() where ESMTP arguments are not
657 NULL, the message body was lost. Patch from Motonori
658 Nakamura of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
659 sendmail(8) had a bogus space in -qGname. Patch from Peng Haitao.
660 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Preserve ownership and permissions when
662 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Skip dot-files (e.g., .cvsignore) when
663 reading the /etc/mail/virtusers/ directory.
664 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Emit warnings instead of exiting where
666 LIBMILTER: Fix ABI backwards compatibility so milters compiled
667 against an older libmilter.so shared library can use an
668 8.14 libmilter.so shared library.
669 LIBMILTER: smfi_version() did not properly extract the patchlevel
670 from the version number, however, the returned value was
671 correct for the current libmilter version.
673 8.14.1/8.14.1 2007/04/03
674 Even though a milter rejects a recipient the MTA will still keep
675 it in its list of recipients and deliver to it if the
676 transaction is accepted. This is a regression introduced
677 in 8.14.0 due to the change for SMFIP_RCPT_REJ. Bug
678 found by Andy Fiddaman.
679 The new DaemonPortOptions which begin with a lower case character
680 could not be set in 8.14.0.
681 If a server shut down the connection in response to a STARTTLS
682 command, sendmail would log a misleading error message
683 due to an internal inconsistency. Problem found by
685 Document how some sendmail.cf options change the behavior of mailq.
686 Noted by Paul Menchini of the North Carolina School of
687 Science and Mathematics.
688 CONFIG: Add confSOFT_BOUNCE m4 option for setting SoftBounce.
689 CONFIG: 8.14.0's RELEASE_NOTES failed to mention the addition
690 of the confMAX_NOOP_COMMANDS and confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY_FILE
691 m4 options for setting MaxNOOPCommands and
693 CONFIG: Add confMILTER_MACROS_EOH and confMILTER_MACROS_DATA m4
694 options for setting Milter.macros.eoh and Milter.macros.data.
695 CONTRIB: Use flock() and fcntl() in qtool.pl if necessary.
696 Patch from Daniel Carroll of Mesa State College.
697 LIBMILTER: Make sure an unknown command does not affect the
698 currently available macros. Problem found by Andy Fiddaman.
699 LIBMILTER: The MTA did not offer SMFIF_SETSYMLIST during option
700 negotiation. Problem reported by Bryan Costales.
701 LIBMILTER: Fix several minor errors in the documentation.
702 Patches from Bryan Costales.
704 AIX 5.{1,2}: libsm/util.c failed to compile due to
705 redefinition of several macros, e.g., SIG_ERR.
706 Patch from Jim Pirzyk with assistance by Bob
707 Booth, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
708 Add support for QNX.6. Patch from Sean Boudreau of QNX
711 devtools/M4/depend/QNX6.m4
713 include/sm/os/sm_os_qnx.h
715 New Files added in 8.14.0, but not shown in the release notes entry:
716 libmilter/docs/smfi_chgfrom.html
717 libmilter/docs/smfi_version.html
719 8.14.0/8.14.0 2007/01/31
720 Header field values are now 8 bit clean. Notes:
721 - header field names are still restricted to 7 bit.
722 - RFC 2822 allows only 7 bit (US-ASCII) characters in
724 Preserve spaces after the colon in a header. Previously, any
725 number of spaces after the colon would be changed to
727 In some cases of deeply nested aliases/forwarding, mail can
728 be silently lost. Moreover, the MaxAliasRecursion
729 limit may be reached too early, e.g., the counter
730 may be off by a factor of 4 in case of a sequence of
731 .forward files that refer to others. Patch from
732 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
733 Fix a regression in 8.13.8: if InputMailFilters is set then
734 "sendmail -bs" can trigger an assertion because the
735 hostname of the client is undefined. It is now set
736 to "localhost" for the xxfi_connect() callback.
737 Avoid referencing a freed variable during cleanup when terminating.
738 Problem reported and diagnosed by Joe Maimon.
739 New option HeloName to set the name for the HELO/EHLO command.
740 Patch from Nik Clayton.
741 New option SoftBounce to issue temporary errors (4xy) instead of
742 permanent errors (5xy). This can be useful for testing.
743 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions to set them individually
745 DeliveryMode DeliveryMode
749 children MaxDaemonChildren
750 New option -K for LDAP maps to replace %1 through %9 in the
751 lookup key with the LDAP escaped contents of the
752 arguments specified in the map lookup. Loosely based
753 on patch from Wolfgang Hottgenroth.
754 Log the time after which a greet_pause delay triggered. Patch
756 If a client is rejected via TCP wrapper or some other check
757 performed by validate_connection() (in conf.c) then do
758 not also invoke greet_pause. Problem noted by Jim Pirzyk
759 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
760 If a client terminates the SMTP connection during a pause
761 introduced by greet_pause, then a misleading message
762 was logged previously. Problem noted by Vernon Schryver
763 et.al., patch from Matej Vela.
764 New command "mstat" for control socket to provide "machine
766 New named config file rule check_eom which is called at the end
767 of a message, its parameter is the size of the message.
768 If the macro {addr_type} indicates that the current address
769 is a header address it also distinguishes between
770 recipient and sender addresses (as it is done for
772 When a macro is set in check_relay, then its value is accessible
773 by all transactions in the same SMTP session.
774 Increase size of key for ldap lookups to 1024 (MAXKEY).
775 New option MaxNOOPCommands to override default of 20 for the
776 number of "useless" commands before the SMTP server will
777 slow down responding.
778 New option SharedMemoryKeyFile: if shared memory support is
779 enabled, the MTA can be asked to select a shared memory
780 key itself by setting SharedMemoryKey to -1 and specifying
781 a file where to store the selected key.
782 Try to deal with open HTTP proxies that are used to send spam
783 by recognizing some commands from them. If the first command
784 from the client is GET, POST, CONNECT, or USER, then the
785 connection is terminated immediately.
786 New PrivacyOptions noactualrecipient to avoid putting
787 X-Actual-Recipient lines in DSNs revealing the actual
788 account that addresses map to. Patch from Dan Harkless.
789 New options B, z, and Z for DNS maps:
790 -B: specify a domain that is always appended to queries.
791 -z: specify the delimiter at which to cut off the result of
792 a query if it is too long.
793 -Z: specify the maximum number of entries to be concatenated
794 to form the result of a lookup.
795 New target "check" in the Makefile of libsm: instead of running tests
796 implicitly while building libsm, they must be explicitly
797 started by using "make check".
798 Fixed some inconsistent checks for NULL pointers that have been
799 reported by the SATURN tool which has been developed by
800 Isil Dillig and Thomas Dillig of Stanford University.
801 Fix a potential race condition caused by a signal handler for
802 terminated child processes. Problem noted by David F. Skoll.
803 When a milter deleted a recipient, that recipient could cause a
804 queue group selection. This has been disabled as it was not
806 New operator 'r' for the arith map to return a random number.
807 Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
808 New compile time option MILTER_NO_NAGLE to turn off the Nagle
809 algorithm for communication with libmilter ("cork" on Linux),
810 which may improve the communication performance on some
811 operating systems. Patch from John Gardiner Myers of
813 If sendmail received input that contained a CR without subsequent LF
814 (thus violating RFC 2821 (2.3.7)), it could previously
815 generate an additional blank line in the output as the last
817 Restarting persistent queue runners by sending a HUP signal to
818 the "queue control process" (QCP) works now.
819 Increase the length of an input line to 12288 to deal with
820 really long lines during SMTP AUTH negotiations.
821 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
822 If ARPANET mode (-ba) was selected STARTTLS would fail (due to
823 a missing initialization call for that case). Problem
824 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
825 If sendmail is linked against a library that initializes Cyrus-SASL
826 before sendmail did it (such as libnss-ldap), then SMTP AUTH
827 could fail for the sendmail client. A patch by Moritz Both
828 works around the API design flaw of Cyrus-SASLv2.
829 CONFIG: Make it possible to unset the StatusFile option by
830 undefining STATUS_FILE. By not setting StatusFile,
831 the MTA will not attempt to open a statistics file on
833 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`require_rdns') to reject messages from SMTP
834 clients whose IP address does not have proper reverse DNS.
835 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University
836 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
837 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`block_bad_helo') to reject messages from SMTP
838 clients which provide a HELO/EHLO argument which is either
839 unqualified, or is one of our own names (i.e., the server
840 name instead of the client name). Contributed by Neil
841 Rickert of Northern Illinois University and John Beck of
843 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`badmx') to reject envelope sender addresses
844 (MAIL) whose domain part resolves to a "bad" MX record.
845 Based on contribution from William Dell Wisner.
846 CONFIG: New macros SMTP_MAILER_LL and RELAY_MAILER_LL to override
847 the maximum line length of the smtp mailers.
848 CONFIG: New option `relaytofulladdress' for FEATURE(`access_db')
849 to allow entries in the access map to be of the form
850 To:user@example.com RELAY
851 CONFIG: New subsuboptions eoh and data to specify the list of
852 macros a milter should receive at those stages in the
854 CONFIG: New option confHELO_NAME for HeloName to set the name
855 for the HELO/EHLO command.
856 CONFIG: dnsbl and enhdnsbl can now also discard or quarantine
857 messages by using those values as second argument.
858 Patches from Nelson Fung.
859 CONTRIB: cidrexpand uses a hash symbol as comment character and
860 ignores everything after it unless it is in quotes or
861 preceded by a backslash.
862 DEVTOOLS: New macro confMKDIR: if set to a program that creates
863 directories, then it used for "make install" to create
864 the required installation directories.
865 DEVTOOLS: New macro confCCLINK to specify the linker to use for
866 executables (defaults to confCC).
867 LIBMILTER: A new version of the milter API has been created that
868 has several changes which are listed below and documented
869 in the webpages reachable via libmilter/docs/index.html.
870 LIBMILTER: The meaning of the version macro SMFI_VERSION has been
871 changed. It now refers only to the version of libmilter,
872 not to the protocol version (which is used only internally,
873 it is not user/milter-programmer visible). Additionally,
874 a version function smfi_version() has been introduced such
875 that a milter program can check the libmilter version also
876 at runtime which is useful if a shared library is used.
877 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_negotiate() can be used to
878 dynamically (i.e., at runtime) determine the available
879 protocol actions and features of the MTA and also to
880 specify which of these a milter wants to use. This allows
881 for more flexibility than hardcoding these flags in the
882 xxfi_flags field of the smfiDesc structure.
883 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_data() is available so milters
884 can act on the DATA command.
885 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_unknown() is available so milters
886 can receive also unknown SMTP commands.
887 LIBMILTER: A new return code SMFIS_NOREPLY has been added which
888 can be used by the xxfi_header() callback provided the
889 milter requested the SMFIP_NOHREPL protocol action.
890 LIBMILTER: The new return code SMFIS_SKIP can be used in the
891 xxfi_body() callback to skip over further body chunks
892 and directly advance to the xxfi_eom() callback. This
893 is useful if a milter can make a decision based on the
894 body chunks it already received without reading the entire
895 rest of the body and the milter wants to invoke functions
896 that are only available from the xxfi_eom() callback.
897 LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_addrcpt_par() can be used to add
898 new recipients including ESMTP parameters.
899 LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_chgfrom() can be used to change the
900 envelope sender including ESMTP parameters.
901 LIBMILTER: A milter can now request to be informed about rejected
902 recipients (RCPT) too. This requires to set the protocol
903 flag SMFIP_RCPT_REJ during option negotiation. Whether
904 a RCPT has been rejected can be checked by comparing the
905 value of the macro {rcpt_mailer} with "error".
906 LIBMILTER: A milter can now override the list of macros that it
907 wants to receive from the MTA for each protocol step
908 by invoking the function smfi_setsymlist() during option
910 LIBMILTER: A milter can receive header field values with all
911 leading spaces by requesting the SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC
912 protocol action. Also, if the flag is set then the MTA
913 does not add a leading space to headers that are added,
914 inserted, or replaced.
915 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421" for the HELO
916 callback, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
917 with that error to match the behavior of all other callbacks.
920 cf/feature/block_bad_helo.m4
921 cf/feature/require_rdns.m4
922 devtools/M4/UNIX/check.m4
924 include/sm/sendmail.h
926 libmilter/docs/smfi_addrcpt_par.html
927 libmilter/docs/smfi_setsymlist.html
928 libmilter/docs/xxfi_data.html
929 libmilter/docs/xxfi_negotiate.html
930 libmilter/docs/xxfi_unknown.html
941 8.13.8/8.13.8 2006/08/09
942 Fix a regression in 8.13.7: if shared memory is activated, then
943 the server can erroneously report that there is
944 insufficient disk space. Additionally make sure that
945 an internal variable is set properly to avoid those
946 misleading errors. Based on patch from Steve Hubert
947 of University of Washington.
948 Fix a regression in 8.13.7: the PidFile could be removed after
949 the process that forks the daemon exited, i.e., if
950 sendmail -bd is invoked. Problem reported by Kan Sasaki
951 of Fusion Communications Corp. and Werner Wiethege.
952 Avoid opening qf files if QueueSortOrder is "none". Patch from
954 Avoid a crash when finishing due to referencing a freed variable.
955 Problem reported and diagnosed by Moritz Jodeit.
956 CONTRIB: cidrexpand now deals with /0 by issuing the entire IPv4
958 LIBMILTER: The "hostname" argument of the xxfi_connect() callback
959 previously was the equivalent of {client_ptr}. However,
960 this did not match the documentation of the function, hence
961 it has been changed to {client_name}. See doc/op/op.me
964 8.13.7/8.13.7 2006/06/14
965 A malformed MIME structure with many parts can cause sendmail to
966 crash while trying to send a mail due to a stack overflow,
967 e.g., if the stack size is limited (ulimit -s). This
968 happens because the recursion of the function mime8to7()
969 was not restricted. The function is called for MIME 8 to
970 7 bit conversion and also to enforce MaxMimeHeaderLength.
971 To work around this problem, recursive calls are limited to
972 a depth of MAXMIMENESTING (20); message content after this
973 limit is treated as opaque and is not checked further.
974 Problem noted by Frank Sheiness.
975 The changes to the I/O layer in 8.13.6 caused a regression for
976 SASL mechanisms that use the security layer, e.g.,
977 DIGEST-MD5. Problem noted by Robert Stampfli.
978 If a timeout occurs while reading a message (during the DATA phase)
979 a df file might have been left behind in the queue.
980 This was another side effect of the changes to the I/O
981 layer made in 8.13.6.
982 Several minor problems have been fixed that were found by a
983 Coverity scan of sendmail 8 as part of the NetBSD
984 distribution. See http://scan.coverity.com/
985 Note: the scan generated also a lot of "false positives",
986 e.g., "error" reports about situations that cannot happen.
987 Most of those code places are marked with lint(1) comments
988 like NOTREACHED, but Coverity does not understand those.
989 Hence an explicit assertion has been added in some cases
990 to avoid those false positives.
991 If the start of the sendmail daemon fails due to a configuration
992 error then in some cases shared memory segments or pid
993 files were not removed.
994 If DSN support is disabled via access_db, then related ESMTP
995 parameters for MAIL and RCPT should be rejected. Problem
996 reported by Akihiro Sagawa.
997 Enabling zlib compression in OpenSSL 0.9.8[ab] breaks the padding
998 bug work-around. Hence if sendmail is linked against
999 either of these versions and compression is available,
1000 the padding bug work-around is turned off. Based on
1001 patch from Victor Duchovni of Morgan Stanley.
1002 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') and FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') used
1003 blackholes.mail-abuse.org as default domain for lookups,
1004 however, that list is no longer available. To avoid
1005 further problems, no default value is available anymore,
1006 but an argument must be specified.
1008 Fix compilation on OSF/1 for sfsasl.c. Patch from
1009 Pieter Bowman of the University of Utah.
1011 8.13.6/8.13.6 2006/03/22
1012 SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server
1013 and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O
1014 layer and fix problems in that code. Also fix handling of
1015 a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an
1016 attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of
1017 setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals.
1018 Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force.
1019 Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if
1020 the server accepted headers larger than the maximum
1021 (signed) integer value. This is prevented in the default
1022 configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on
1023 most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching
1024 those values. Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS.
1025 If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start
1026 another transaction in a session while sending mail, do
1027 not trigger an internal consistency check. Problem found
1028 by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1029 If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response
1030 to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised
1031 STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC
1032 2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead
1033 of a protocol error (which has been changed to a
1034 temporary error in 8.13.5). Problem reported by Jeff
1035 A. Earickson of Colby College.
1036 Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command. Patch from John
1037 Myers of Proofpoint.
1038 Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue
1039 for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are
1040 processed. Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman.
1041 Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to
1042 resume a stored TLS session.
1043 Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that
1044 a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded.
1045 Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak.
1046 LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition
1047 (libmilter.h). Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of
1049 LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets.
1050 This generates an error message from libmilter on
1051 Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the
1053 LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return
1054 -1 and set errno instead of returning an error code
1055 directly. Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations
1058 Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2)
1059 in NetBSD. Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from
1062 8.13.5/8.13.5 2005/09/16
1063 Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it
1064 exists) in an internal structure instead of the base
1065 directory. This structure is used decide whether there
1066 is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence
1067 without this change queue selection could fail if a df/
1068 subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem
1069 than the base directory.
1070 Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for
1071 checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split
1072 an envelope across queue groups. Problem found by
1074 If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum
1075 number of items to process, sort the queue first and
1076 then cut the list off instead of the other way around.
1077 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
1078 Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN. Problem noted by
1079 Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1081 FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors.
1082 From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1083 When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat
1084 it as a temporary error, not as protocol error. Problem
1085 noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1086 Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their
1087 prototype used static too. Patch from Peter Klein.
1088 Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands.
1089 LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals
1090 zero then do not silently ignore that call. Patch from
1091 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
1092 LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate
1093 the SMTP session with that error. Fix from Brian Kantor.
1094 Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS
1095 has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid
1096 of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the
1098 Add support for AIX 5.3.
1099 Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11).
1100 Add support for Darwin 8.x. Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
1101 OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO.
1102 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X.
1103 Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and
1104 GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin).
1105 Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
1106 Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which
1107 was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some
1108 broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error.
1109 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
1110 Some default values in a generated cf file did not match
1111 the defaults in the sendmail binary. Problem noted
1114 cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4
1116 devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x
1117 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11
1120 8.13.4/8.13.4 2005/03/27
1121 The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a
1122 different error which could result in connections that
1123 stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not
1124 properly initialized. Problem noted by Michael Sims.
1125 Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature(). This bug could lead
1126 to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another
1127 host. Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and
1128 tracked down by Gael Roualland.
1129 Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr(). Problem
1130 found by Gael Roualland using valgrind.
1131 If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the
1132 owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to
1133 the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set
1134 to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes.
1135 The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared
1136 memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting
1137 and bounce generation.
1138 Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings
1139 in address rewriting because the message can be triggered
1140 for header checks where long strings are legitimate.
1141 Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked
1142 down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1143 The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag. Patch from
1144 Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England.
1145 The socket map did not obey the -f flag. Problem noted by
1146 Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip.
1147 The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of
1148 the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only
1149 return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found.
1150 Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication
1151 to avoid a possible segmentation fault. Based on patch
1153 Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but
1154 does not assign a value to its output parameter. Based
1155 on patch by Brian Kantor.
1156 Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only
1157 to Cyrus SASL version 2). Otherwise an SMTP session might
1158 be dropped after an AUTH failure.
1160 Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use
1161 "long long" to read load average data, e.g.,
1162 AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode. Note: this has to be set
1163 "by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected.
1164 Problem noted by Burak Bilen.
1165 Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x. This should
1166 fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode.
1167 Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of
1168 University of Bremen.
1174 8.13.3/8.13.3 2005/01/11
1175 Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS
1177 Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed
1178 due to a 421 error. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
1179 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1180 Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while
1181 closing a connection. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
1182 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1183 Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the
1184 next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at
1185 connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy
1186 SMTP reply code. Problem noted by Mark Tranchant.
1188 8.13.2/8.13.2 2004/12/15
1189 Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal
1190 buffer size. Previously a part of such a header would
1191 end up in the body of the message. Problem noted by
1192 Simple Nomad of BindView.
1193 Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking
1194 headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses.
1195 Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University.
1196 If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between
1197 message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more
1198 messages on that connection. This prevents bogus "Bad
1199 file number" recipient status. Problem noted by
1200 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1201 Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC
1202 2821. Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services.
1203 Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size
1204 for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g.,
1205 Cyrus IMAP lmtp server. Based on patch by Jamie Clark.
1206 When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut
1207 them off at a comma. Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki.
1208 Add more logging to milter change header functions to
1209 complement existing logging. Based on patch from
1210 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
1211 Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined.
1212 Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart.
1213 Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address
1214 to a hostname for use with SASL. Problem noted by Ken Jones;
1215 patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO.
1216 CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog
1217 mailer. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1218 LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after
1219 xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered.
1220 Patch from Alexey Kravchuk.
1221 LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow
1222 different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main().
1223 Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark.
1224 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem
1225 noted by Nelson Fung.
1226 MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access
1227 mail.local. Problem noted by William Park.
1228 VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem noted
1231 Add support for DragonFly BSD.
1233 cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4
1234 devtools/OS/DragonFly
1235 include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h
1239 8.13.1/8.13.1 2004/07/30
1240 Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the
1241 objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the
1242 alias expansion. Problem noted by Brenden Conte of
1243 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
1244 Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is
1245 (partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1246 Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body
1247 but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is
1248 smaller than the size of the memory buffer. Problem noted
1250 Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified
1251 but the other side presented a cert that was signed by
1252 a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL,
1253 verification would always fail. Problem noted by Al Smith.
1254 Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and
1255 the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate.
1256 Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint.
1257 ${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero.
1258 Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc.
1259 CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after
1260 FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not
1261 use the access map. Note: if no default value is given
1262 for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if
1263 FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it.
1264 Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of
1266 CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause')
1267 is used to give more flexibility for local changes.
1269 Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code. Problem
1270 noted by Geoff Adams.
1271 NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3). Patch from Andrew Brown.
1272 NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in
1273 a system. Patch from Andrew Brown.
1274 Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential
1275 incompatibilities with various *roff related
1276 tools. Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland.
1280 8.13.0/8.13.0 2004/06/20
1281 Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential
1282 information. See also cf/README about MSP and the section
1283 "Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client".
1284 Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1286 Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n
1287 and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi
1288 of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1289 Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found
1290 by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland.
1291 Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute
1292 specifications in an LDAP map definition. This allows
1293 LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP
1294 URL which will in turn be queried. See the ``LDAP
1295 Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information.
1296 Based on patch from Andrew Baucom.
1297 Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile
1298 (O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to
1299 include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes.
1300 See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section
1301 of cf/README for more information.
1302 New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the
1303 LDAP API/protocol version to use. The default depends on
1305 New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an
1306 LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host
1307 and -p port. This also allows for the use of LDAP over
1308 SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP
1309 library supports it.
1310 New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if
1311 ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set).
1312 If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often
1313 during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is
1314 done for too many bad SMTP commands.
1315 Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon
1316 maintains the number of incoming connections per client
1317 IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and
1318 {total_rate}, respectively. These macros can be used
1319 in the cf file to impose connection rate limits.
1320 A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s)
1321 determines the length of the interval for which the
1322 number of connections is stored. Based on patch from
1323 Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris.
1324 Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which
1325 send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting.
1326 If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see
1327 FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified
1328 amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP
1329 greeting. If any traffic is received before then, a 554
1330 SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected
1331 during that connection.
1332 If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP
1333 server could sleep for a very long time. Fix based on
1334 patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ.
1335 Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the
1336 number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs.
1337 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington.
1338 Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems
1339 misinterpret it as a permanent error.
1340 New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until
1341 all milters accepted the mail. This can increase
1342 performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to
1343 body scans. Based on patch from David F. Skoll.
1344 New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id:
1345 header, whether provided by the client or generated by
1347 New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open
1348 connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address.
1349 Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des
1351 sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits. This was done
1352 to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop
1353 scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent
1354 runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's
1355 pid no longer existing. See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me
1356 for a discussion of the implications of this, including
1357 how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on
1358 the old behavior. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1359 Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default
1360 filter list specified in InputMailFilters. The filters
1361 can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions.
1362 Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'. If
1363 your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to
1364 add those names to class 'w' yourself. Problem noted
1366 Support message quarantining in the mail queue. Quarantined
1367 messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs
1368 unless specifically requested with -qQ. Quarantined queue
1369 files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix.
1370 The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display
1371 or run. -qQ operates on quarantined queue items. -qL
1372 operates on lost queue items.
1373 Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the
1374 quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display
1375 quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the
1376 given text. Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display
1377 quarantined items which do not have the given text in the
1379 Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the
1380 new -Q option. See doc/op/op.me for more information.
1381 When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the
1382 quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by
1384 A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used
1385 to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and
1386 header check rulesets. The $: of the mailer triplet will
1387 be used for the quarantine reason.
1388 Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected.
1389 Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a
1390 message if it is quarantined.
1391 New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain
1392 or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP).
1393 See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as
1394 socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib.
1395 Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks.
1396 Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR
1397 lookup for the client IP address. Note: this is the same
1398 as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK.
1399 Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad
1400 recipients received so far in a transaction.
1401 Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus
1402 DNS entries. See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr'). Problem
1403 noted by Kai Schlichting.
1404 Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To:
1405 headers (turn them into DSNs). Delivery-Receipt-To: is
1406 apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System).
1407 Enable connection caching for LPC mailers. Patch from Christophe
1408 Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane.
1409 Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting.
1410 Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2. From Kenneth Murchison of
1412 Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which
1413 support mutual authentication. From Kenneth Murchison of
1415 Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11).
1416 The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext
1417 format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid
1418 problems with parsing them. Problem noted by Pierangelo
1419 Masarati of SysNet s.n.c.
1420 New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is
1421 passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from Gary Mills
1422 of the University of Manitoba.
1423 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was
1424 successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if
1425 EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS
1427 Add basic support for certificate revocation lists. Note: if a
1428 CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS
1429 is disabled. Based on patch by Ralf Hornik.
1430 Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms
1431 DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN.
1432 Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue
1433 runner. Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1434 Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to
1435 overwrite each other's pid files.
1436 Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and
1437 {cert_issuer} from 128 to 256. Requested by Christophe
1438 Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
1439 Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at
1440 LogLevel 12 or higher.
1441 If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will
1442 try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option
1443 to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like
1444 it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and
1445 MTA. Based on patch by Per Hedeland.
1446 If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified
1447 by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due
1448 to high load, log this information. Patch from John Beck
1449 of Sun Microsystems.
1450 Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of
1451 CheckpointInterval on the command line.
1452 New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a
1453 subset of the functionality of the 's' flag.
1454 New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information.
1455 Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1456 Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default. To turn
1457 it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options.
1458 An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO
1459 causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being
1460 discarded. This also caused milter callbacks to be called
1461 out of order after the SMTP session was reset.
1462 New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag
1463 REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. See sendmail/README for
1464 further information.
1465 New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to
1466 the indicated log file instead of stdout.
1467 Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control
1468 queue return and warning times for delivery status
1470 New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries
1472 Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added
1473 to enable/disable certain features in the server per
1474 connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
1475 Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s
1476 for DaemonPortOptions.
1477 Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when
1478 trying to canonify hostnames. Suggested by Neil Rickert
1479 of Northern Illinois University.
1480 Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to
1481 be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks. This
1482 is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate
1483 view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of
1484 outside). From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1485 Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS
1486 handshake. Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1487 Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead. Patch from
1488 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1489 libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required
1490 then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100. Patch from Mark Roth
1491 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1492 Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter
1493 applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1494 New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function,
1495 i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
1496 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
1497 If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will
1498 terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message.
1499 Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable
1501 Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write. To enable this in 8.13
1502 compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1.
1503 Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get
1504 the header value passed in without balancing quotes,
1505 parentheses, and angle brackets. Based on patch from
1507 Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and
1508 angle brackets when reading in rulesets. This allows
1509 rules to be written for header checks to catch strings
1510 that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets.
1511 Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin.
1512 Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters
1513 some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED.
1514 Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the
1515 sendmail consortium, see CACerts.
1517 Two new compile options have been added:
1518 HASCLOSEFROM System has closefrom(3).
1519 HASFDWALK System has fdwalk(3).
1520 Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1521 The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so
1522 change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix
1523 it. Be sure to update other sendmail related
1524 programs to match locking techniques.
1525 New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set
1526 if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself.
1527 Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for
1528 UNICOS. Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and
1529 Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of
1530 Center for Scientific Computing.
1531 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1532 Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1533 Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because
1534 Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations.
1535 Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct
1536 major()/minor() definitions. Based on feedback
1537 from Mark Funkenhauser.
1538 CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches
1539 for maps via new attributes. See the ``USING LDAP FOR
1540 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and
1541 cf/sendmail.schema for more information.
1542 CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER
1543 is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc.
1544 Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert
1545 of Northern Illinois University.
1546 CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which
1547 instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine
1548 the message using the given reason.
1549 CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl)
1550 instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other
1551 DNS records than just A.
1552 CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the
1553 length of the interval for which the number of incoming
1554 connections is maintained.
1555 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection
1556 rate control for individual hosts or nets.
1557 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the
1558 number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets.
1559 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP
1560 slamming protection described above. The feature can
1561 take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or
1562 use the access database to look the pause time based on
1563 client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet.
1564 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use
1565 $&{client_ptr} as its first argument. This is useful for
1566 rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
1567 which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
1568 versions when delay_checks was not in use. See also entry
1569 above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}.
1570 CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log
1571 interval when refusing connections for this long.
1572 CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases
1573 this requires a change in a mc file. Requested by
1574 Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems.
1575 CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm
1576 that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from
1577 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1578 CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src}
1579 to follow the naming conventions.
1580 CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify
1582 CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of
1584 CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile
1585 time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
1586 CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated
1587 cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts
1589 CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
1590 to control queue return and warning times for delivery
1591 status notifications.
1592 CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost.
1593 CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf
1594 file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/.
1595 Patch from Richard Rognlie.
1596 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9.
1597 Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see
1599 CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom
1600 option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for
1601 use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1602 CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains
1603 certificate revocations lists.
1604 CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to
1605 FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP
1606 MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist
1607 in LDAP. See cf/README for more information.
1608 CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1609 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain
1610 lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match. See cf/README
1611 for more information.
1612 CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1613 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail
1614 or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be
1615 reached. See cf/README for more information. Based on
1616 patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar.
1617 CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details.
1618 CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different
1619 Message-Id: header format. Patch from Bastiaan Bakker
1620 of LifeLine Networks.
1621 CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR. From
1623 CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems.
1624 Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc.
1625 DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed
1626 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1627 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the
1628 filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message.
1629 Filters which use this function must include the
1630 SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure.
1631 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server
1632 will terminate the SMTP session with that error.
1633 LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a
1634 named socket in the file system if it is running as root.
1635 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter
1636 to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress,
1637 resetting the timeout.
1638 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter
1639 to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect
1640 failure to do so before calling smfi_main().
1641 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the
1642 filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply.
1643 LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring
1644 them instead of stopping after too many occurred.
1645 Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems.
1646 LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in
1647 docs/sample.html. Reported by Dmitry Adamushko.
1648 LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT.
1649 Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group.
1650 LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg(). Patches
1651 from Bryan Costales.
1652 LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if
1653 poll(2) should be used instead of select(2).
1654 LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol
1655 amendments to support header insertion operations.
1656 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see
1657 mail.local/README. Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1658 Informations Services.
1659 MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts.
1660 MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use
1662 VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of
1663 whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc:
1665 VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address
1666 for the auto-response message.
1669 cf/feature/conncontrol.m4
1670 cf/feature/greet_pause.m4
1671 cf/feature/mtamark.m4
1672 cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4
1673 cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4
1675 cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4
1676 cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4
1677 contrib/socketmapClient.pl
1678 contrib/socketmapServer.pl
1679 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1680 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk
1681 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp
1682 devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample
1683 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h
1684 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h
1685 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h
1686 libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html
1687 libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html
1688 libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html
1689 libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html
1690 libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html
1691 libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html
1695 contrib/oldbind.compat.c
1696 devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
1697 devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
1700 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x
1702 8.12.11/8.12.11 2004/01/18
1703 Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files. This error was a
1704 regression in 8.12.10. Problem detected and diagnosed
1705 Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
1706 Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
1707 make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
1708 exceeded. Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
1710 Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
1711 seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
1712 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1713 Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
1714 whose process id is the same as that of the initial
1715 sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
1716 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1717 When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
1718 recipient address also against the printable addresses
1719 of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
1720 Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
1721 BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
1722 error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
1723 right hand side error:. Patch from Per Hedeland.
1724 Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
1725 Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1726 Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
1727 text that has been introduced in 8.12.3. There are some
1728 examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
1729 To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
1730 -DMIME7TO8_OLD=0. If you have an example of improper
1731 7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
1732 Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
1733 the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
1734 connection. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1735 Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
1736 causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
1737 To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
1738 If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
1739 then a possible race condition for creating qf files
1740 can be avoided. Note: the race condition does not
1741 exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
1742 external application that accesses qf files.
1743 Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
1744 the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
1745 Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
1746 files could be left behind. Problem found by Wolfgang
1748 The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
1749 deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13. This only
1750 effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
1751 'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
1754 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1755 Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
1757 LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
1758 to libmilter. Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
1759 SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
1760 Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
1762 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1764 8.12.10/8.12.10 2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
1765 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing. Problem
1766 detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
1767 of Courtesan Consulting.
1768 Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing. This problem
1769 is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
1770 only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
1771 mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
1772 a problem may occur. Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
1773 Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
1774 Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
1775 Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
1776 Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
1777 conversions. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1778 Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
1779 not just header. Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
1780 Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
1781 transactions for broken clients which do not properly
1782 announce 8 bit data. Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
1783 Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
1784 Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
1785 Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
1786 Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
1787 encountering a comment that is too long. Problem noted by
1788 Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
1789 Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
1790 checking. It is used for IPv6 domain literals. Patch from
1791 Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
1792 Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
1793 Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
1794 Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
1795 to make sure they match.
1796 Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
1798 When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
1799 do not ignore the other recipients. Problem noted by
1801 CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
1802 lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text". Problem noted by
1804 CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument. Patch
1805 from Jerome Borsboom.
1806 CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
1807 and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc. Patches from
1808 Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
1809 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
1810 improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
1811 mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
1812 after the close() and before the truncate().
1813 MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
1814 stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
1815 Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
1817 Port for AIX 5.2. Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
1818 of Washington for providing access to a computer
1820 setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3. Patch from
1821 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1822 Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
1823 on all operating systems. Patch from Robert Harker
1825 Use strerror(3) on Linux. If this causes a problem on
1826 your Linux distribution, compile with
1827 -DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
1831 8.12.9/8.12.9 2003/03/29
1832 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
1833 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
1834 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1835 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
1836 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
1838 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
1839 8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
1840 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
1841 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
1842 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
1843 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
1844 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
1845 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
1846 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
1847 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
1848 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
1849 Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail. Problem noted
1850 by Derek Wueppelmann.
1851 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
1852 have flock(2). Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
1854 Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
1855 errors, e.g., looping processes. Problem noted by
1856 Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
1857 CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
1858 Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1859 CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
1860 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
1861 text file instead of the database map.
1863 Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
1864 builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
1865 This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
1866 in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
1868 8.12.8/8.12.8 2003/02/11
1869 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
1870 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
1871 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
1873 Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
1874 .cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
1875 parsing ident responses. Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
1876 Stanford University Compilation Group.
1877 Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
1878 the selected queue group. Problem noted by Jos Vos.
1879 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
1880 log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
1881 MIME header". Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
1882 CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
1883 error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
1884 MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
1885 a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
1886 a regular file. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1888 8.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29
1889 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
1890 across various connections. This could cause session
1891 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
1892 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
1893 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
1894 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP
1895 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found
1896 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1897 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
1898 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by
1900 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
1901 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
1903 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem
1904 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1905 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
1906 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
1907 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some
1908 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
1909 Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
1910 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by
1911 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
1912 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
1914 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
1915 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
1916 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
1917 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
1918 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
1919 to be run even if Runners=0.
1920 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
1921 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
1922 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1923 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
1924 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
1925 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by
1926 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1927 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
1928 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
1929 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted
1930 by John Majikes of IBM.
1931 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
1932 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
1933 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
1934 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil
1935 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1936 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
1937 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
1938 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
1939 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem
1940 noted by Matthias Andree.
1941 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
1942 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland.
1944 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
1945 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
1946 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
1947 an argument, hence the builtin version of
1948 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden
1949 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by
1950 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1951 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
1952 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1953 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
1954 of the TrustedBSD Project.
1955 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
1956 system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
1957 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
1958 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
1960 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
1961 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
1962 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
1963 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
1964 DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
1965 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
1966 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
1967 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
1968 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
1969 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
1970 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
1972 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
1973 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
1974 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
1975 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1976 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
1977 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
1979 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
1981 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
1982 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
1983 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
1984 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
1985 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
1986 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
1987 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1988 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
1989 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
1991 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
1992 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1993 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
1994 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
2000 8.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26
2001 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
2002 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
2003 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
2004 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
2005 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
2006 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
2007 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
2008 Courtesan Consulting.
2009 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
2010 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem
2011 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
2012 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
2013 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
2014 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2015 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
2016 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
2017 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff
2018 Earickson of Colby College.
2019 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
2020 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of
2021 Courtesan Consulting.
2022 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
2023 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
2024 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
2025 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz
2026 Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
2027 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
2029 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
2030 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
2031 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
2032 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
2033 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This
2034 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
2035 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil
2036 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2037 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
2038 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
2039 supposed for addresses on the header content.
2040 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
2042 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
2043 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on
2044 fix from Scott Walters.
2045 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
2046 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
2047 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
2048 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
2049 NETISO support has been dropped.
2050 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
2051 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
2052 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
2053 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to
2054 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
2055 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
2056 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this
2057 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
2058 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
2059 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
2060 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original
2061 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
2062 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
2063 Stefaan Van Hoornick.
2064 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
2065 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
2066 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
2068 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
2069 Fix from Andrzej Filip.
2070 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
2071 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2072 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
2073 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
2074 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based
2075 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
2076 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
2080 8.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25
2081 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
2082 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
2083 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the
2084 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
2085 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by
2086 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
2087 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
2088 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
2089 with rogue DNS servers.
2090 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted
2092 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
2093 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan
2095 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
2096 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
2097 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2098 Polytechnic Institute.
2099 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
2100 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
2102 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
2103 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
2104 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin
2105 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
2106 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless
2107 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
2108 8.13 will change the default locking method to
2109 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may
2110 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
2111 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail
2112 related programs to match locking techniques.
2114 8.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03
2115 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
2116 can leave systems open to a local denial of service
2117 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
2118 section of the top level README for more information.
2119 Problem noted by lumpy.
2120 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
2122 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
2123 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
2124 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
2125 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
2126 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
2128 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted
2129 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
2130 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
2131 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
2132 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas
2134 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
2135 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches
2136 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2137 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
2138 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
2139 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on
2140 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
2141 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
2142 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke.
2143 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested
2144 by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
2145 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
2147 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
2148 user who started sendmail.
2149 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
2150 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested
2151 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
2152 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
2153 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
2154 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
2155 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
2156 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
2158 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
2159 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
2160 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
2161 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
2162 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
2163 Charles University in Prague.
2164 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
2166 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
2167 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
2168 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
2169 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
2170 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
2171 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
2172 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
2173 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
2174 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to
2175 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
2176 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem
2177 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
2178 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
2179 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem
2180 noted by Bryan Costales.
2181 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
2182 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip.
2183 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested
2184 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
2185 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by
2186 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2187 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
2189 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
2190 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
2191 installing the sendmail statistics file.
2192 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
2193 a user's filter starts other applications.
2194 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
2195 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
2196 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
2197 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
2198 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
2199 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
2200 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
2201 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
2202 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem
2203 noted by Bryan Costales.
2205 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
2207 8.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05
2208 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
2209 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail
2210 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
2211 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
2212 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken
2213 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
2214 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
2215 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence
2216 queue files should not be moved unless those internals
2217 are understood and the integrity of the files is not
2218 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
2220 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
2221 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
2222 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
2223 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
2225 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
2226 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
2227 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
2228 Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
2229 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
2230 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
2232 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem
2233 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
2234 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
2235 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2236 Northern Illinois University.
2237 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
2238 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
2240 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
2241 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2242 Polytechnic Institute.
2243 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
2244 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
2245 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
2246 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
2247 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
2248 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
2249 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
2250 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
2251 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on
2252 patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2253 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
2255 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
2256 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
2257 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
2258 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
2259 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
2260 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
2261 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas
2262 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
2263 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
2264 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon
2265 Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
2266 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
2267 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
2268 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett
2269 of Concordia University.
2270 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem
2271 found by Mario Nigrovic.
2272 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
2273 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the
2274 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
2275 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
2276 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
2277 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark
2279 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
2280 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
2281 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
2282 total number of TCP connections.
2283 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
2284 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
2285 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
2286 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
2287 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
2288 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
2289 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
2291 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
2293 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
2294 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on
2295 patch by Bryan Costales.
2296 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
2297 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
2298 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
2299 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
2300 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a
2301 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
2302 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher
2303 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
2304 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
2305 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2306 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
2307 which drop the connection instead of responding to the
2310 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
2312 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform
2313 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
2314 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
2316 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem
2318 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
2319 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From
2320 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
2321 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
2322 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in
2323 8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
2324 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
2325 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
2327 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
2328 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by
2330 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
2331 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
2332 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
2333 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip.
2334 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
2335 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
2336 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
2337 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
2338 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by
2339 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
2340 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
2341 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise
2342 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
2343 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
2344 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
2345 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
2346 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
2347 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2348 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
2349 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem
2351 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
2352 if queue groups are used.
2353 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
2354 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
2355 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
2356 Suggested by Bryan Costales.
2357 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
2358 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
2359 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice:
2360 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
2361 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
2362 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
2363 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
2364 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
2365 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the
2366 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
2367 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
2368 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
2369 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
2370 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set
2371 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
2373 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2374 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2375 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem
2376 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
2377 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based
2378 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
2380 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
2381 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by
2384 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
2386 8.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13
2387 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
2388 at startup, only log an error message.
2389 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
2390 following -b) has been specified.
2391 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
2392 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted
2393 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2394 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
2395 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
2397 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
2398 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
2399 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
2400 Institute of Mining and Technology.
2401 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
2402 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2403 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2404 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
2405 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
2406 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2407 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
2408 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
2409 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
2410 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
2411 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal
2413 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by
2414 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
2416 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
2417 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
2418 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2419 Meteorological Institute.
2420 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
2421 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
2423 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
2424 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
2425 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
2426 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
2427 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
2428 types, respectively.
2429 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
2430 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
2432 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
2433 alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
2434 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2435 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
2436 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2437 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
2438 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
2439 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
2440 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
2442 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell
2443 of Sun Microsystems.
2444 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
2445 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
2446 with servers that do not support realms when using
2447 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
2448 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
2449 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem
2450 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2451 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
2452 command line invocations log them to make it simpler
2453 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
2454 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
2455 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
2456 instead of forcing localhost.
2457 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
2458 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
2459 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem
2460 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2461 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
2462 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
2463 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
2464 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
2465 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2466 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
2467 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
2468 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of
2469 Compaq Computer Corp.
2470 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
2471 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
2474 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on
2475 patch provided by HP.
2476 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
2477 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke.
2478 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu
2480 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
2481 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This
2482 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
2483 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem
2484 noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
2485 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted
2486 by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
2487 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port
2488 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2489 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
2490 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README
2491 for more information. From Mark Bixby of
2493 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
2494 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
2495 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2496 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of
2498 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota
2499 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
2500 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
2501 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2502 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
2503 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of
2504 FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
2505 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
2506 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2507 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
2508 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
2510 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by
2512 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
2513 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of
2515 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
2516 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
2518 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
2519 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2521 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman.
2522 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
2523 to free memory twice.
2524 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
2525 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
2526 of Sun Microsystems.
2527 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
2528 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
2529 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
2530 University of Athens.
2532 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
2533 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
2534 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
2538 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
2541 8.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01
2542 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
2543 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
2544 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for
2545 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem
2546 found by Michal Zalewski.
2547 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
2548 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
2549 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
2550 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
2551 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
2552 Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2553 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
2554 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
2555 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
2556 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
2557 values for configuration file and pid file but also the
2558 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
2559 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
2560 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
2561 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously
2562 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem
2563 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
2564 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2565 canonical name for a host.
2566 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
2567 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission
2568 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on
2569 suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
2571 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
2572 `uname` does not given complete information.
2573 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
2575 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
2576 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
2577 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
2578 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
2579 Courtesan Consulting.
2580 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
2581 problems with potential misconfigurations.
2582 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem
2583 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
2584 Technology Organisation of Australia.
2585 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
2586 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blocklists
2588 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by
2589 Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
2590 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted
2591 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2592 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2594 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2595 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
2596 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2606 include/sm/sysstat.h
2608 8.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08
2609 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
2610 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and
2611 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
2612 default). The installation process tries to install
2613 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
2614 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
2615 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
2616 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely
2617 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
2619 GroupWritableForwardFile
2620 WorldWritableForwardFile
2621 GroupWritableIncludeFile
2622 WorldWritableIncludeFile
2623 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
2624 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested
2625 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2627 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
2628 point where the variable could become overused for more than
2629 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in
2630 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now
2631 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
2632 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
2633 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
2634 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a
2635 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
2636 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details
2637 see sendmail/SECURITY.
2638 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
2639 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2640 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
2641 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See
2643 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
2644 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
2645 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY.
2646 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
2647 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
2648 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection
2649 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
2650 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY.
2651 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX
2652 command has been removed.
2653 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off
2654 at compile time or per host (ruleset).
2655 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
2656 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
2657 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database
2658 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
2659 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
2660 long, to accommodate envelope splitting. File systems with
2661 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
2663 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
2664 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders
2665 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
2666 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
2667 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The
2668 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
2669 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
2670 creation rather than just before delivery.
2671 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous
2672 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
2673 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching
2674 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
2675 preference matches (coattail).
2676 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
2677 try other MX hosts if available.
2678 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
2679 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
2680 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
2681 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based
2682 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2683 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
2684 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
2685 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
2686 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
2687 removed in future versions.
2688 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
2689 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
2690 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
2691 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See
2692 doc/op/op.me for details.
2693 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
2694 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
2695 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
2696 of the presented certificate, respectively.
2697 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
2698 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
2699 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
2700 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
2701 recipient; useful to decide whether a connection is secure
2702 enough on a per recipient basis.
2703 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
2705 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
2707 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
2708 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
2709 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
2710 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2711 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
2712 really required. This change results in a noticeable
2713 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared
2714 memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
2715 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
2716 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details.
2717 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
2718 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
2719 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
2720 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the
2721 command line, then the value also limits the number of
2722 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
2723 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
2725 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
2726 system each queue directory resides in.
2727 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
2728 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
2729 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work
2730 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
2731 collected together) to process the same work list at the
2733 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
2734 active queue runner processes.
2735 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
2736 runners per queue group.
2737 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
2738 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
2739 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
2740 of the queue that match during processing.
2741 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
2742 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
2743 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
2744 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
2745 persistent queue runner.
2746 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
2747 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
2749 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners.
2750 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2751 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
2752 unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
2753 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
2754 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
2755 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
2756 of the qf file (older entries first).
2757 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
2758 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
2759 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the
2760 minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
2761 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
2762 not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
2763 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed
2764 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
2765 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
2766 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
2767 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
2768 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old
2769 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
2770 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2771 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
2772 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
2773 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system
2774 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for
2776 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
2777 the number of entries in the queue(s).
2778 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README
2779 and the usual documentation for details.
2780 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
2781 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
2783 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead.
2784 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
2785 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by
2786 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2787 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
2788 -r (number of retries).
2789 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
2790 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
2791 and value separated by the given separator.
2792 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
2794 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
2795 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
2796 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
2797 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
2798 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
2799 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is
2800 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
2801 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
2802 filenames with spaces).
2803 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
2804 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
2805 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
2806 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection.
2807 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection.
2808 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
2809 to the loopback net.
2810 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
2811 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from
2812 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
2813 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
2814 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
2815 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
2816 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
2817 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
2818 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
2819 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
2821 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
2822 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not
2823 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0
2824 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
2825 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
2826 load average is exceeded.
2827 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
2828 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
2829 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
2830 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
2831 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2832 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
2833 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
2834 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC]
2836 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
2837 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead.
2838 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
2839 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the
2840 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2841 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
2842 for direct (command line) submissions.
2843 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
2844 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
2845 Hagino of the KAME Project.
2846 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
2847 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
2848 Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
2849 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
2850 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
2851 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
2852 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
2853 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
2855 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
2856 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
2857 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
2858 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
2859 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
2860 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
2861 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
2862 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl
2863 of the Universitat Regensburg.
2864 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
2865 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
2866 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
2867 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
2868 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil.
2869 See libsm/index.html for details.
2870 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
2871 care of by fork() and exit().
2872 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for
2873 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
2874 new and old (from new libsm).
2875 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
2876 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
2877 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
2878 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
2879 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
2880 synchronizations calls.
2881 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
2882 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
2883 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
2884 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
2885 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
2886 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
2888 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
2889 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs
2890 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
2891 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2892 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
2893 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
2894 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2895 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
2896 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent
2897 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
2898 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
2899 then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
2900 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
2901 degli Studi dell'Insubria.
2902 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
2903 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
2904 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
2905 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2906 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When
2907 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
2908 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
2909 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
2910 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
2911 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
2913 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem
2914 noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
2915 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
2916 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
2918 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
2919 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
2920 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
2922 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If
2923 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
2924 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
2925 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This
2926 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me
2927 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be
2928 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
2929 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
2930 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
2932 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
2933 the default schema used in the above two items.
2934 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
2935 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2936 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
2937 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
2938 if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2939 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
2940 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
2941 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
2942 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the
2943 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
2944 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
2945 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
2947 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
2948 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
2949 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect
2950 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of
2951 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
2952 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori
2953 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2954 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
2955 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
2956 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
2957 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v
2958 (verbose) command line option.
2959 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
2960 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
2961 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
2962 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2963 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
2964 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of
2965 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2966 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group
2967 can be specified using the '#' option character. For
2968 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
2969 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
2970 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
2971 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
2973 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
2974 because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
2975 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
2976 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
2977 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
2979 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map
2981 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
2982 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example,
2983 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
2984 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
2985 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
2986 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run.
2987 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
2988 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick
2990 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
2991 many "light weight" commands have been received are now
2992 configurable during compile time. The current values and
2994 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands
2995 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
2996 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
2997 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
2998 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
2999 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan
3000 Costales of SL3D, Inc.
3001 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
3002 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
3003 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
3004 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3005 Meteorological Institute.
3006 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
3007 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
3008 which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
3009 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
3010 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
3011 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
3012 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
3013 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
3014 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be
3015 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
3016 See sendmail/README for further information.
3017 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
3018 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by
3019 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
3020 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
3021 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
3022 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3023 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix
3024 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
3025 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
3026 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
3029 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
3030 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by
3031 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3032 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
3033 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
3034 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
3035 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch
3036 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
3037 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3038 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
3039 Solaris 8 and later.
3040 Add support for OpenUNIX.
3041 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
3042 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
3043 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
3044 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
3045 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
3046 temporary lookup failures.
3047 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
3048 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
3050 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
3051 relay address as long as the other part allows the email
3053 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
3054 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
3055 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by
3056 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
3057 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
3058 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
3059 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
3060 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
3061 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
3062 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
3063 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
3064 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3065 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
3066 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
3067 terminates check_* ruleset checking.
3068 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
3069 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
3070 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
3071 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
3072 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
3073 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
3074 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
3075 specification of whole domains instead of just users.
3076 Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
3077 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
3078 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
3079 cf/README for details.
3080 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
3081 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
3082 University of Maryland.
3083 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
3084 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
3085 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
3086 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
3087 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
3088 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
3089 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
3090 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
3092 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
3093 options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
3094 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
3095 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
3096 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
3098 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
3099 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
3100 See cf/README for details.
3101 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
3102 temporary lookup failures.
3103 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
3104 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
3105 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
3107 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
3108 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
3109 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
3110 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias
3111 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
3112 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
3113 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3114 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
3115 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
3116 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
3117 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
3118 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
3119 +detail portion of the address when passing address to
3120 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail
3121 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this.
3122 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
3123 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
3124 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
3125 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
3126 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for
3128 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
3129 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
3130 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more
3132 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
3133 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based
3134 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
3135 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
3136 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject
3137 recipients as user unknown.
3138 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
3139 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
3140 section of cf/README for more information.
3141 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
3142 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
3143 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
3144 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
3145 which takes the options as argument and can be used
3146 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
3147 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
3148 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle
3149 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers
3150 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase
3151 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren
3152 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue
3153 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun
3154 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode
3155 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit
3156 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions
3157 See above (and related documentation) for further information.
3158 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
3159 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect
3160 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth
3161 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo
3162 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls
3163 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
3164 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters
3165 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel
3166 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect
3167 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo
3168 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom
3169 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt
3170 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
3171 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
3172 doc/op/op.me for details.
3173 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
3174 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori
3175 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3176 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
3178 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
3179 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
3180 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
3181 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
3182 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For
3183 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
3184 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
3185 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
3186 This affects the access database as well as the
3187 relay-domains and local-host-names files.
3188 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
3189 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
3190 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
3191 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
3192 Mississippi State University.
3193 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
3194 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
3195 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
3196 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
3197 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3198 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
3199 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
3200 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
3201 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
3202 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
3203 systems which don't include cat directories.
3204 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
3205 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
3206 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the
3207 mailbox database type.
3208 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
3209 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
3210 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on
3211 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
3212 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
3213 doesn't truncate the statistics file.
3214 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
3215 instead of white space.
3216 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
3217 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3218 Meteorological Institute.
3219 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
3220 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
3221 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
3222 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
3224 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
3225 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used
3226 to specify the database and message file since there is no
3227 home directory for the default settings for these options.
3228 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
3229 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
3230 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which
3231 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
3238 cf/feature/authinfo.m4
3239 cf/feature/compat_check.m4
3240 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
3242 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
3243 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
3244 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
3245 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
3246 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
3248 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
3249 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
3250 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
3261 sendmail/sm_resolve.c
3262 sendmail/sm_resolve.h
3268 include/sendmail/cdefs.h
3269 include/sendmail/errstring.h
3270 include/sendmail/useful.h
3271 libsmutil/errstring.c
3272 sendmail/bf_portable.c
3273 sendmail/bf_portable.h
3278 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
3279 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
3280 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
3282 8.11.7/8.11.7 2003/03/29
3283 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
3284 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
3285 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
3287 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
3288 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
3289 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
3290 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
3291 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
3293 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
3294 8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
3295 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
3296 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
3297 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
3298 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
3299 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
3300 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
3301 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
3302 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
3303 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
3304 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
3305 across various connections. This could cause session
3306 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
3307 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
3308 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
3309 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
3310 canonical name for a host.
3311 Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
3312 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
3314 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
3315 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
3316 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
3317 Polytechnic Institute.
3318 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
3319 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
3321 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
3322 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
3324 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
3325 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
3327 CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
3328 FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
3329 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
3331 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
3332 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
3333 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
3334 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
3335 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
3336 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
3337 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
3339 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
3340 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
3343 8.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20
3344 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
3345 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by
3346 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
3347 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could
3348 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
3349 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
3350 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem
3351 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
3352 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
3353 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by
3355 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem
3356 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
3358 8.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31
3359 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
3360 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without
3361 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
3362 of SE Netway Communications.
3363 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
3364 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
3365 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
3366 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
3367 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim
3368 Bosserman of EarthLink.
3369 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
3370 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
3371 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
3372 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
3373 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
3375 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by
3376 Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
3377 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
3378 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
3379 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
3380 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
3381 University at Albany.
3382 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
3383 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
3384 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
3385 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
3386 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
3387 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
3389 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem
3390 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
3391 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
3392 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
3393 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
3394 2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
3395 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian
3396 Hagedorn of Cologne University.
3397 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
3398 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
3400 8.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28
3401 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
3402 corruption and other potential race conditions.
3403 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
3404 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can
3405 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by
3406 Michal Zalewski of BindView.
3407 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
3408 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
3409 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
3410 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
3411 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
3412 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
3413 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch
3415 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
3416 QueueDirectory wildcards.
3417 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
3418 the same map again while exiting.
3419 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
3420 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
3422 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
3423 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
3424 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
3425 Oklahoma State University.
3426 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
3427 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
3428 InTouch Systems, Inc.
3429 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
3430 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
3431 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of
3433 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
3434 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil
3435 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3436 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch
3437 from Werner Wiethege.
3438 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
3439 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley.
3440 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
3441 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
3442 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
3444 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich
3445 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
3446 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by
3447 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3449 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
3450 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
3451 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
3452 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
3453 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
3454 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3455 Meteorological Institute.
3456 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
3457 since it generates random process ids.
3458 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
3459 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
3460 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3462 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
3464 8.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27
3465 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
3466 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
3467 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
3468 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3469 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
3470 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
3471 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
3472 communications consulting gmbh.
3473 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
3474 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3475 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
3476 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
3477 connection came in from the command line.
3478 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
3479 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from
3480 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3481 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
3482 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
3483 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
3484 when they were committed.
3485 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
3486 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
3487 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
3488 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
3489 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would
3490 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
3491 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
3492 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
3494 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
3495 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
3497 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
3498 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
3499 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
3500 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
3502 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
3503 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
3504 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
3506 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
3507 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
3508 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the
3509 University of New Brunswick.
3511 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
3512 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally
3513 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
3514 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
3515 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3516 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and
3517 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from
3518 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3519 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
3520 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem
3521 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
3522 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
3523 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
3524 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
3525 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
3526 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
3527 storing the temporary message file until after the remote
3528 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem
3529 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3531 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
3532 are also specified on the command line. Patch from
3533 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3534 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
3535 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
3537 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
3539 8.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29
3540 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
3541 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit
3542 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be
3543 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
3544 Schools" project (IdS).
3545 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
3546 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
3547 be enabled by compiling with:
3548 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
3549 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by
3550 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3551 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
3552 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
3553 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
3554 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
3555 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
3557 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
3558 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
3559 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
3560 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
3561 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
3562 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
3563 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
3564 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
3566 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
3568 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
3569 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of
3570 the Universitat Regensburg.
3571 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
3572 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
3573 University of Arizona.
3574 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
3575 of Collective Technologies.
3576 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
3577 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
3578 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
3580 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
3581 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3582 Meteorological Institute.
3583 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
3584 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3585 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3586 Meteorological Institute.
3587 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all
3588 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
3589 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis
3590 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3591 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
3592 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
3593 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
3594 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
3595 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
3596 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
3597 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
3598 overall connections, not the number of connections per
3599 socket. A future version may change this to per socket
3602 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
3603 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem
3604 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
3605 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
3606 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
3607 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry
3609 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
3610 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3611 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
3612 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes
3614 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by
3615 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3616 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
3618 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
3619 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
3620 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3621 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blocklist server for
3622 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
3623 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
3624 implicitly assume canonical host names.
3625 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on
3626 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3627 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
3629 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
3630 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori
3631 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3632 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
3633 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted
3634 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
3636 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark
3637 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3638 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
3639 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
3640 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
3641 of Kyoto University.
3642 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It
3643 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
3644 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
3645 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future
3647 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
3648 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3649 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3650 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
3651 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
3655 contrib/buildvirtuser
3658 8.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27
3659 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
3660 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3661 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
3662 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without
3663 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
3664 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
3665 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3666 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
3668 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
3669 process may close the connection before the child process
3670 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
3671 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
3672 Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3673 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
3674 read the LDAP secret from a file.
3675 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
3676 the user submits the message and before the first delivery
3677 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
3678 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3679 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
3680 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
3682 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
3683 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
3684 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by
3685 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3686 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem
3687 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3688 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
3689 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G.
3690 Fournier of Acadia University.
3691 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
3692 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are
3693 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
3694 one of the others may be able to take over.
3695 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
3696 previous load average query result.
3697 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
3698 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
3699 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E
3700 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3701 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
3702 the split envelopes before the original envelope.
3703 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
3704 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark
3705 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3706 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
3707 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
3708 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
3709 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem
3710 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
3711 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem
3712 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
3713 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
3714 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
3715 University of British Columbia.
3717 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
3718 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
3719 override the setting. Suggested by
3720 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
3721 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
3722 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From
3723 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
3724 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
3725 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3727 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From
3729 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From
3730 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
3731 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file
3732 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John
3733 Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3734 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
3735 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
3737 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
3738 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
3739 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
3740 errors in the MAIL address.
3741 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem
3742 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
3743 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
3744 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3745 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
3746 GECOS information for an address. This more closely
3747 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of
3749 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
3750 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
3751 mailer as described in cf/README.
3752 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
3753 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
3754 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
3755 makemap to 'unmake' the map.
3756 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
3758 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
3759 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3760 Meteorological Institute.
3761 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
3762 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
3763 dot as the only character on the line.
3765 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
3767 8.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19
3768 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
3769 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still
3770 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
3771 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop
3772 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
3773 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by
3774 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3775 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
3776 it populates. It is possible that some broken
3777 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
3778 Systems in this category should compile with
3779 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
3780 system and report broken implementations to
3781 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem
3782 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
3783 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
3784 Implementation influenced by the example programs of
3785 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
3786 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
3787 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
3788 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in
3789 cf/README and doc/op/op.me.
3790 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
3791 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
3792 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented
3793 in cf/README and doc/op/op.me.
3794 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
3796 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
3797 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
3798 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
3799 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
3800 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim
3802 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
3804 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
3805 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of
3806 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson
3808 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
3809 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
3810 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
3811 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As
3812 documented, unless a family is specified in a
3813 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is
3814 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
3815 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
3816 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
3817 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted
3818 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3819 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
3820 the interface information for an outgoing connection.
3821 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
3822 family and address used in subsequent connections if the
3823 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted
3824 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3825 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
3826 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer
3827 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck
3828 of Sun Microsystems.
3829 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
3830 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
3831 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b
3832 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
3833 the incoming information in the queue file for later
3835 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
3836 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
3838 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
3839 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem
3840 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3841 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
3842 Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
3843 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
3844 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
3845 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem
3846 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3847 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
3848 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per
3849 Hedeland of Ericsson.
3850 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
3851 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
3852 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert
3853 of Northern Illinois University.
3854 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem
3855 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3856 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
3858 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
3859 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
3860 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
3862 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
3863 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
3864 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by
3865 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3866 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
3867 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
3868 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3869 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
3870 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3871 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
3872 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
3873 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
3874 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
3875 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
3876 G. Thomas Consulting.
3877 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
3879 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
3880 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3881 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
3882 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted
3883 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3884 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
3885 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
3886 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
3887 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3888 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
3889 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
3890 University of Mainz.
3891 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
3892 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
3893 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission
3894 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3896 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
3897 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun
3898 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
3899 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
3900 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
3901 work properly causing problems if the accept()
3902 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch
3903 from Tom Moore of NCR.
3904 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From
3905 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
3906 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
3907 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux
3908 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
3909 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
3910 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3911 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
3912 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3913 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3914 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath
3915 confCACERT CACERTFile
3916 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile
3917 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile
3918 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters
3919 confRAND_FILE RandFile
3920 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile
3921 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile
3922 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
3923 tags to the access database to support these policies. See
3924 cf/README for more information.
3925 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
3926 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
3927 called due to a STARTTLS command.
3928 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
3929 instead of temporary.
3930 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
3931 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
3932 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
3934 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
3935 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of
3937 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
3938 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
3939 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
3940 University of Maryland.
3941 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From
3942 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3943 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
3944 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
3945 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
3946 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
3947 of the University of Alberta.
3948 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
3949 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
3950 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
3951 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
3952 of X.509 certificates.
3953 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters;
3954 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
3955 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the
3956 Universitat Regensburg.
3957 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
3958 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3959 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
3960 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3961 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
3962 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3963 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
3964 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
3965 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3966 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
3967 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
3968 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
3969 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
3970 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
3972 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
3973 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
3975 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
3977 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
3978 Denman Tire Corporation.
3979 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
3980 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
3981 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
3982 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
3983 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson.
3984 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of
3985 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
3986 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
3988 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
3989 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
3993 contrib/link_hash.sh
3994 contrib/movemail.conf
3996 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
3999 8.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07
4000 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
4001 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
4002 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
4003 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech
4004 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
4005 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
4006 initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
4010 8.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06
4011 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
4012 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
4013 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not
4014 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
4015 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See
4016 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
4017 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
4018 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
4019 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
4020 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
4021 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch
4022 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4023 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
4024 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on
4025 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4026 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem
4027 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
4028 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
4029 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
4031 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
4032 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
4033 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
4034 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
4035 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
4036 Polytechnic Institute.
4037 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
4038 discards the message.
4039 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
4040 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
4041 attempted to the alias.
4042 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
4045 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
4046 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
4047 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult
4048 sendmail/README for further information. Problem
4049 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4050 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles
4051 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
4052 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
4053 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
4054 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
4055 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
4056 from J. P. McCann of E I A.
4057 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
4058 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
4060 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
4061 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of
4062 Courtesan Consulting.
4063 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of
4064 Siemens Business Services.
4065 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
4066 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
4068 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
4069 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
4070 to be backward compatible with 8.9.
4071 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
4072 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
4073 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
4074 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
4076 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
4077 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4078 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
4079 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
4080 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
4082 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
4083 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
4085 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
4086 for other internal projects but included in the open source
4088 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
4089 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
4090 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem
4091 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
4092 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
4093 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
4095 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
4096 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This
4097 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4098 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
4100 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by
4101 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
4102 Northern Illinois University.
4103 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
4104 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
4105 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from
4106 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4107 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
4108 Polytechnique de Montreal.
4109 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
4110 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
4111 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
4113 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
4114 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
4116 contrib/converting.sun.configs
4117 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
4122 8.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01
4123 *************************************************************
4124 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered *
4125 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. *
4126 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering *
4127 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment *
4128 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and *
4129 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died *
4130 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a *
4131 * coach, and a friend. *
4133 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, *
4134 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. *
4135 * Julie, we miss you! *
4136 *************************************************************
4137 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
4138 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
4139 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
4140 symbolic link target.
4141 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
4142 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
4143 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
4144 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
4145 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
4146 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
4147 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and
4148 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
4149 version of sendmail.
4150 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
4151 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted
4152 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
4154 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects
4155 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details.
4156 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
4157 for easier code sharing among the programs.
4158 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose
4159 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
4160 which hold the client's authentication credentials,
4161 the mechanism used for authentication, and the
4162 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
4163 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
4164 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
4165 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
4166 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
4167 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4168 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
4169 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
4170 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4171 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
4172 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
4173 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4174 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
4175 now listen on several different ports. Use:
4176 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
4177 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
4178 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
4179 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
4180 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should
4181 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
4182 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release.
4183 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
4184 indicates that the message being submitted from the command
4185 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means
4186 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
4187 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future
4188 releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
4189 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
4190 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
4191 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
4192 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
4193 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
4194 from the command line is an initial user submission and act
4196 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
4197 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
4198 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is
4199 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
4200 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override
4201 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
4202 setting NonRootSafeAddr.
4203 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
4204 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
4205 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
4207 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
4208 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
4209 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many.
4210 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
4211 a control socket request.
4212 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
4214 Timeout.resolver.retrans
4215 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
4216 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4217 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
4218 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4219 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
4220 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
4221 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
4222 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
4223 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
4225 Timeout.resolver.retry
4226 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
4227 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4228 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
4229 Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4230 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
4231 query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
4232 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
4233 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
4234 query for all resolver lookups except the first
4236 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4237 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply
4238 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For
4239 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
4240 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
4241 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in
4242 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
4243 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate
4244 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
4245 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly
4246 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4247 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
4248 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
4249 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
4250 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue
4251 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
4252 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
4253 Telecommunications Ltd.
4254 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
4255 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned
4256 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be
4257 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com,
4259 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
4260 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
4261 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4262 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
4263 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4264 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This
4265 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
4266 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4267 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
4268 donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
4269 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
4270 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
4271 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
4272 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
4273 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
4274 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
4275 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4276 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
4277 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
4278 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
4280 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
4281 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP
4282 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An
4283 example mailer might be:
4284 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
4285 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
4286 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
4287 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
4288 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC]
4290 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
4291 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
4292 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
4293 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
4294 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
4296 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
4297 body of the original message on delivery status
4299 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted
4300 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
4301 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
4302 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by
4303 Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
4304 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should
4305 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by
4306 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4307 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In
4308 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
4309 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by
4310 Nik Conwell of Boston University.
4311 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik
4312 Conwell of Boston University.
4313 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from
4314 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
4315 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
4316 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
4318 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
4319 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP
4320 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
4321 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
4322 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
4323 similar to check_rcpt etc.
4324 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
4325 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
4326 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
4327 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
4328 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4329 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
4330 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed
4331 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4332 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
4333 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by
4335 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
4336 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
4337 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
4338 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
4340 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
4341 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
4343 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
4344 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
4345 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4346 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
4347 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4348 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
4349 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
4350 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4351 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
4353 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
4354 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
4355 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
4356 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a
4357 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
4358 Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
4359 Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
4360 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
4361 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent
4362 a denial-of-service attack.
4363 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
4364 headers and parameters within those headers. This option
4365 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
4367 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
4369 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
4370 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
4371 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
4372 directly before the newline.
4373 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
4374 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
4375 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the
4376 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
4377 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
4378 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf
4379 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
4380 could not be opened.
4381 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The
4382 value of this option is macro expanded.
4383 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
4384 process title shown in 'ps' listings.
4385 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
4386 (along with the already existing macros):
4387 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g.
4388 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
4389 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
4390 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
4391 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
4392 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25
4393 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
4394 New macros especially for virtual hosting:
4395 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection.
4396 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection.
4397 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
4399 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
4400 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
4401 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
4402 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
4403 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
4404 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by
4405 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4406 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
4407 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This
4408 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
4409 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan
4410 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4411 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
4412 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
4413 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
4414 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the
4415 input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
4416 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
4417 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
4418 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of
4420 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
4421 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by
4422 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland
4424 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
4425 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams
4426 of Renaissance Internet Services.
4427 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
4428 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
4429 queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
4430 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
4431 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
4432 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch
4433 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
4434 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
4435 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN.
4436 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
4437 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
4438 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
4439 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
4440 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4441 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
4442 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
4444 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
4445 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
4446 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
4447 mailer to return after sending all data to it.
4448 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
4449 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was
4450 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a
4451 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
4452 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
4453 David Cooley of Colby College.
4454 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
4455 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has
4456 already decided the message will be passed to another host
4457 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
4458 Buckeridge Young Limited.
4459 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
4460 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
4461 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The
4462 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be
4463 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
4464 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the
4465 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
4466 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense
4467 of Stanford University.
4468 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is
4469 deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
4470 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
4471 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
4472 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map
4473 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps
4474 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
4475 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
4476 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
4477 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The
4478 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
4479 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from
4480 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
4481 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
4482 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
4483 attributes found in the match will be returned.
4484 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
4485 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is
4486 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
4487 comma separated key and value strings.
4488 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
4489 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
4490 connections such that multiple maps which use the same
4491 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
4492 a single connection to that host.
4493 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
4494 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
4496 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
4498 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
4499 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
4500 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still
4501 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
4502 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
4503 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead
4504 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
4505 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
4506 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
4507 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
4508 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification
4509 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
4510 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
4512 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
4513 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
4514 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
4515 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
4517 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
4518 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific
4519 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The
4520 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
4521 specified in the individual map specification ('K'
4522 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps
4524 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
4525 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
4527 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In
4528 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
4529 important if you have large classes.
4530 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
4531 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by
4532 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4533 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
4534 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
4535 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
4536 unless the queued message is selected using one of the
4537 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code
4538 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
4539 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
4540 control socket. This socket allows an external program to
4541 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
4542 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
4543 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by
4544 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
4545 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An
4546 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
4547 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
4548 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
4549 number of processors online on the system (if that can be
4550 determined). For single processor machines, this change
4552 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
4553 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4554 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from
4555 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4556 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
4557 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
4558 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
4559 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
4560 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
4561 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections
4562 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting
4563 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
4564 connection-based denial of service attacks.
4565 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
4567 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
4568 information (from= syslog line).
4569 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
4571 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
4572 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
4573 sendmail/README for details. Contributed by Mark Roth
4574 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4575 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
4576 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4577 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4578 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by
4579 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4580 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
4581 the program as the default user and the default group, not
4582 the forward file user. This change also assures the
4583 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using
4584 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu
4585 Popovici of DNT Romania.
4586 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
4587 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by
4588 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
4589 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
4590 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
4591 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
4592 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
4593 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
4594 helpful to know the sender of the message.
4595 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
4596 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4597 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
4598 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
4600 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
4601 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
4602 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
4603 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
4604 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
4605 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The
4606 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
4607 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers'
4608 directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
4609 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
4610 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson.
4611 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
4612 length before the attempt.
4613 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
4614 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This
4615 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
4616 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald
4617 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
4618 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
4619 host status files, not all files.
4620 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
4621 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
4622 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
4624 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
4625 macro map class. This can be used to store information
4626 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
4627 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
4629 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The
4630 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
4631 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the
4632 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example,
4633 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
4634 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
4635 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
4636 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
4638 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
4639 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
4640 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
4641 the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
4642 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
4643 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the
4644 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
4645 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with
4646 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
4647 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
4648 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
4649 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
4650 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This
4651 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
4653 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
4654 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
4655 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
4656 if referencing a named ruleset.
4657 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
4658 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
4659 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
4660 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run
4661 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host,
4662 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
4663 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable
4664 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of
4665 the University of Maryland.
4666 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
4667 have received the message if it had not been rejected.
4668 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
4669 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made.
4670 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
4671 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
4673 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
4674 but for outgoing connections.
4675 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
4676 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
4677 a require authentication
4678 b bind to interface through which mail has
4680 c perform hostname canonification
4681 f require fully qualified hostname
4682 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO
4684 C don't perform hostname canonification
4685 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
4686 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
4687 h use name of interface for HELO command
4688 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
4689 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
4690 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
4691 Institutes of Health.
4692 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
4693 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4694 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
4695 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by
4696 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4697 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
4698 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
4699 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
4700 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
4701 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
4702 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
4703 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by
4704 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
4705 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
4706 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
4707 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
4708 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
4709 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
4710 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
4711 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
4712 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
4713 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit
4714 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
4715 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis
4716 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4717 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
4718 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
4719 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
4720 This will detect the inability to send information quicker
4721 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
4723 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
4724 interface address structure when loading the system network
4725 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
4727 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
4728 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
4729 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The
4730 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier
4731 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
4732 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
4734 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4735 Northern Illinois University.
4736 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
4737 envelope splitting has occurred.
4738 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
4739 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
4740 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
4741 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
4742 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
4743 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4745 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
4746 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of
4747 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
4748 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
4749 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
4750 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori
4751 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4752 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
4753 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4754 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
4755 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4756 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
4757 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
4758 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem
4759 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4760 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
4761 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
4762 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
4763 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4764 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
4765 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
4766 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by
4767 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4768 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
4769 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
4770 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4772 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
4773 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
4774 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
4775 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
4776 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the
4777 ruleset lines as well.
4778 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
4779 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
4780 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems
4781 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4783 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
4784 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
4785 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4786 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
4787 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
4788 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
4789 programs, file, DECnet, etc.
4790 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
4791 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert
4792 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
4794 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
4795 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
4796 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
4797 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4798 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
4799 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
4800 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was
4801 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
4802 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
4803 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
4804 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
4805 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix
4806 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
4807 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
4808 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy
4809 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4811 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
4812 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
4813 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
4815 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
4816 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
4817 them in the .cf file.
4818 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
4819 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
4820 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
4821 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
4822 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
4823 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
4824 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
4825 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted
4826 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4827 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
4828 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
4829 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the
4830 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem
4831 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4832 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem
4833 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4834 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
4835 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use
4836 the last temporary (4XX) failure.
4837 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch
4838 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4839 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
4840 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
4841 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many.
4842 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
4843 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per
4844 Hedeland of Ericsson.
4845 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
4846 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems
4847 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal
4848 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
4849 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
4850 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent
4851 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in
4852 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
4853 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix
4854 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4855 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
4856 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some
4857 misconfigured firewalls block 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
4858 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore,
4859 don't fail on ANY queries.
4860 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
4861 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
4862 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4863 Northern Illinois University.
4864 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
4865 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
4867 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
4868 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4869 Northern Illinois University.
4870 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
4871 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
4872 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
4874 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
4875 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
4876 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
4877 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E
4878 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4879 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
4880 This allows network interface probing to work
4881 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the
4883 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
4884 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
4885 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
4887 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
4888 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
4890 Digital UNIX has uname(2).
4891 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
4893 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
4894 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
4895 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
4896 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
4897 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
4898 in building the operating system. Users can
4899 override the defaults by setting confCC and
4900 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
4901 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
4902 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
4903 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
4904 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
4905 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
4906 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4907 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
4908 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4909 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
4910 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
4911 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From
4912 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4913 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
4914 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
4915 NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
4916 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
4917 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
4918 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used,
4919 use that value in conf.h.
4920 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of
4922 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
4923 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
4924 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
4926 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan
4927 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
4929 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
4930 can reuse the same PID in the same second.
4931 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
4933 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
4934 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead.
4935 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
4937 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
4939 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
4940 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of
4941 Siemens Business Services.
4942 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
4943 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
4944 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
4945 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by
4946 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
4947 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
4948 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4950 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
4951 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
4952 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
4953 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
4954 use of getservbyname() on systems which can
4955 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
4956 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
4958 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted
4959 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
4960 Technology Information Network.
4961 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem
4962 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
4963 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4964 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
4966 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
4967 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README
4968 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E
4969 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4970 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This
4971 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more
4973 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
4974 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
4975 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
4976 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
4977 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
4978 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
4979 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This
4980 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of
4981 Courtesan Consulting.
4982 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
4983 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
4984 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
4985 be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
4986 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
4987 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
4989 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
4990 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
4992 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
4993 From:, To:) to enable finer control.
4994 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
4995 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the
4997 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
4998 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms
4999 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions
5000 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions
5001 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName
5002 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop
5003 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo
5004 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize
5005 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec
5006 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion
5007 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength
5008 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength
5009 confPID_FILE PidFile
5010 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix
5011 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn
5012 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control
5013 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans
5014 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
5015 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
5016 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry
5017 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first
5018 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
5019 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser
5020 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize
5021 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
5022 which takes the options as argument and can be used
5023 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
5024 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
5025 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
5026 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer
5027 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
5029 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
5030 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
5031 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
5032 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
5033 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The
5034 value should be changed with care.
5035 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
5036 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
5037 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
5038 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
5040 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
5041 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett
5043 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
5044 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann
5045 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
5046 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
5047 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
5048 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
5049 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
5050 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
5051 of Northern Illinois University.
5052 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
5053 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
5054 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
5055 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
5056 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
5058 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
5060 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
5061 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
5062 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
5063 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are
5064 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
5066 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
5067 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
5068 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
5069 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
5070 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
5071 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
5072 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested
5073 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
5074 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
5075 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
5076 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve
5077 Hubert of University of Washington.
5078 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
5079 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark
5080 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
5081 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
5082 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
5083 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of
5084 Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
5085 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed
5086 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
5088 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
5089 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
5091 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
5092 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
5093 University and Brian Candler.
5094 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
5095 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5096 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
5097 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5099 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
5100 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
5101 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
5102 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
5103 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
5104 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
5105 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
5106 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
5107 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
5108 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5109 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
5110 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of
5111 Willamette Industries, Inc.
5112 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
5113 converted to <user@d>
5114 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
5115 Sun's older, broken configuration files.
5116 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
5117 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
5119 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
5120 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
5121 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5123 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
5124 be accessed by their numbers).
5125 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
5126 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
5128 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
5129 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
5130 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
5131 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
5132 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
5133 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
5134 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
5135 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
5136 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
5137 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
5138 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
5139 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
5141 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
5142 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
5143 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
5144 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use
5145 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
5146 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
5147 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
5148 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
5149 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
5150 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
5151 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
5152 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5153 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
5154 University of California at Berkeley.
5155 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
5156 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
5157 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from
5158 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
5159 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
5161 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
5162 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
5163 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
5165 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
5166 be used for building.
5167 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
5168 used for a fresh build.
5169 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
5170 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
5172 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
5173 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
5174 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
5175 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan
5177 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
5178 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
5179 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
5180 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales.
5181 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske
5182 of Siemens Business Services.
5183 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
5184 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the
5185 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or
5187 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
5188 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
5189 They should contain the C source files for the object files
5190 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names
5191 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
5192 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
5193 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form
5194 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
5195 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
5196 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
5197 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on
5198 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
5199 are in devtools/README.
5200 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
5201 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
5202 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
5203 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a
5204 new variable which identifies the root of the source
5205 directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
5206 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
5207 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
5209 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
5210 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
5211 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
5212 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
5213 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
5215 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
5216 manual pages in the directory tree specified by
5218 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
5219 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable
5220 confCOPY specifies the copying program.
5221 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
5222 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
5224 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
5225 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
5226 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
5227 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik
5228 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
5229 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
5230 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
5231 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
5232 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
5233 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new
5234 install-strip target.
5235 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
5236 the others (if it exists).
5237 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
5238 then the default ones.
5239 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local
5240 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
5241 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
5243 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
5244 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of
5245 Northern Illinois University.
5246 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
5247 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
5248 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5249 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
5250 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with
5251 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
5253 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
5254 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
5255 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
5257 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
5258 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that
5259 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
5260 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
5261 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
5262 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
5263 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
5265 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
5266 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
5267 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5268 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
5269 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
5270 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
5271 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long
5272 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
5273 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transferred it to the
5274 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
5275 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
5276 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
5277 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
5278 Alcatel Australia Limited.
5279 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
5280 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by
5281 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5282 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
5283 timeout to avoid starvation.
5284 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
5285 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
5286 Infinite Monkeys & Co.
5287 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
5288 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
5289 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
5290 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
5292 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
5293 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
5294 sendmail configuration file.
5295 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
5296 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
5298 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on
5299 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5300 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip
5301 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
5302 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem
5303 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
5304 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
5305 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
5306 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
5308 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
5309 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
5310 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted
5311 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
5312 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
5313 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
5314 Institute for Global Communications.
5315 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
5316 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from
5317 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5318 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
5319 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch
5320 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5321 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command
5322 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
5323 of the Institute for Global Communications.
5324 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce
5325 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
5326 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
5327 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley
5328 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
5330 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
5331 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts
5332 which execute the actual Build script in
5334 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
5335 -mandoc as they were previously.
5336 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
5337 of Build will work (unless parameters are
5338 required for Build).
5346 Renamed Directories:
5347 BuildTools => devtools
5351 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
5352 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
5358 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
5359 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
5360 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
5362 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
5363 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
5364 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
5365 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
5369 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
5370 contrib/bounce-resender.pl
5371 contrib/domainmap.m4
5374 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
5376 devtools/M4/string.m4
5377 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
5378 devtools/M4/switch.m4
5381 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
5382 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
5384 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
5392 sendmail/bf_portable.c
5393 sendmail/bf_portable.h
5396 sendmail/shmticklib.c
5397 sendmail/statusd_shm.h
5403 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
5404 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
5405 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
5406 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
5407 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
5408 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
5409 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
5410 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
5411 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
5413 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
5415 8.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04
5416 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
5417 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
5418 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
5419 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
5420 Schools" project (IdS).
5421 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
5422 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by
5423 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of
5424 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5425 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
5426 when performing the MIME header length check. This
5427 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem
5428 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
5429 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
5430 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
5431 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
5432 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5433 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of
5434 ExecPC Internet Systems.
5435 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
5436 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
5437 for later retry but the failure would be logged as
5438 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by
5439 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
5440 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
5441 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
5442 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S.
5443 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
5444 Hedeland of Ericsson.
5445 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
5446 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
5447 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
5448 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
5449 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
5450 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
5451 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
5452 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be
5453 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
5456 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
5457 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the
5458 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
5459 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver
5460 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed
5461 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
5462 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
5463 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
5464 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
5465 Technical University of Denmark.
5466 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
5467 Supercomputer Center.
5468 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
5469 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
5470 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
5471 of Stanford University.
5472 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
5473 between different releases. Back out the
5474 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
5475 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
5476 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
5477 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
5478 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
5480 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5481 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
5482 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
5484 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
5485 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W.
5486 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5487 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
5488 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from
5489 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5490 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from
5491 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
5492 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
5493 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
5494 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5495 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
5496 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of
5499 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
5500 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
5501 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
5503 8.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30
5504 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
5505 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used
5506 for a denial of service attack.
5507 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
5508 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5509 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
5510 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
5512 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
5513 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
5514 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
5515 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
5516 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
5517 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future
5518 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
5519 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
5521 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
5522 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
5523 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
5524 Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
5525 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
5526 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of
5527 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
5528 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from
5529 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5530 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
5531 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
5532 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
5533 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
5534 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
5535 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5536 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
5537 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
5538 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
5540 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
5541 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem
5542 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
5543 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
5544 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
5545 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process
5546 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
5547 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For
5548 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
5549 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
5550 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
5551 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
5553 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
5554 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
5555 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
5556 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
5557 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen
5558 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5559 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
5560 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
5561 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
5562 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
5563 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5564 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by
5565 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
5567 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem
5568 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
5569 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
5570 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
5571 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem
5572 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from
5573 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5574 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
5575 has enough space for the additional address. Problem
5576 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
5577 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem
5578 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
5579 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
5580 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay,
5581 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
5582 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from
5583 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5584 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
5585 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5586 Meteorological Institute.
5587 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5588 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix
5589 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
5591 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
5592 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
5593 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M.
5594 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
5595 Break out IP address to hostname translation for
5596 reading network interface addresses into
5597 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of
5598 Cal State University, Chico.
5599 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
5600 from changing the semantics of the compiled
5601 program. From Simon Travaglia of the
5602 University of Waikato, New Zealand.
5603 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From
5604 Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5605 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5606 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From
5607 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
5608 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
5609 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
5610 of Sun Microsystems.
5611 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From
5612 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5613 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh
5615 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From
5616 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
5617 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann
5619 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
5620 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
5622 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
5623 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
5625 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk
5626 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
5627 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
5628 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from
5629 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5630 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
5631 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
5632 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of
5633 Manawatu Internet Services.
5634 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
5635 when stripping down a recipient address to check for
5636 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of
5637 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
5638 of Northern Illinois University.
5639 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch
5640 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5642 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
5644 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch
5645 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5646 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5647 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
5648 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
5649 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
5650 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5651 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
5652 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5653 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
5654 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
5655 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix
5656 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5657 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from
5658 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5659 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
5660 the envelope From header.
5661 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
5662 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
5663 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
5664 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
5665 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
5666 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
5667 Portal Services, Inc.
5668 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
5669 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of
5671 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5673 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
5674 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
5675 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
5676 contrib/smcontrol.pl
5679 8.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02
5680 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
5681 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
5682 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
5683 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
5684 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
5685 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
5686 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5687 Meteorological Institute.
5688 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
5689 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted
5690 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5691 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
5692 installation commands. The man pages would still be
5693 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan
5694 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5695 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
5696 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5697 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
5698 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
5699 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
5700 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
5701 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
5702 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
5703 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
5704 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
5705 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
5706 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
5707 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of
5709 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
5710 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of
5711 DaveLtd Enterprises.
5712 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
5713 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only
5714 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
5715 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
5716 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem
5717 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
5718 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted
5719 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
5720 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
5721 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
5722 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
5723 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
5724 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
5726 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
5727 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for
5728 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
5729 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
5730 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
5731 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
5733 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
5734 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
5735 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
5736 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
5737 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk
5739 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later
5740 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
5742 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From
5743 J. P. McCann of E I A.
5744 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk
5746 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
5747 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
5748 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
5749 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5750 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
5751 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
5752 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5753 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
5754 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP
5755 would not accept @@hostname.
5756 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
5757 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
5758 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
5759 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by
5760 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5762 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
5764 8.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19
5765 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
5766 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
5767 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
5768 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites
5769 which need the ability to override security can use the
5770 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more
5772 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
5773 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
5774 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
5775 world writable directories.
5776 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
5777 it is in a world writable directory.
5778 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
5779 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
5780 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by
5781 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5782 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5783 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
5784 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
5785 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
5786 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
5787 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
5788 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail
5789 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
5790 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
5791 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser
5792 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
5794 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
5795 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
5796 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
5797 the University of Maryland.
5798 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy
5799 of Cal State University, Chico.
5800 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users
5801 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
5802 current version of Berkeley DB.
5803 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
5804 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
5805 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
5806 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
5808 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
5809 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
5810 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun
5812 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
5813 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
5814 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by
5815 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
5816 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
5817 mail.local on the F=z flag.
5818 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was
5819 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
5820 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that
5821 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
5822 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
5823 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
5824 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
5825 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5826 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5827 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
5828 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
5829 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
5830 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5831 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
5832 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik
5833 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
5834 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates
5835 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
5836 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
5837 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
5838 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
5839 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail
5840 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
5841 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients
5842 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
5843 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict
5845 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
5846 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
5847 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
5848 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
5849 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example,
5850 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
5851 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
5852 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5853 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
5854 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be
5855 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
5856 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying.
5857 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5858 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
5859 sender for those failures.
5860 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
5861 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
5862 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
5863 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland
5865 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
5866 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
5867 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5868 of Procter & Gamble.
5869 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
5870 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
5871 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5872 of Procter & Gamble.
5873 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to
5874 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
5875 of system security. This should only be used if you are
5876 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available
5877 DontBlameSendmail options are:
5880 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
5881 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
5882 GroupWritableDirPathSafe
5883 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
5884 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
5885 GroupWritableAliasFile
5886 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
5887 WorldWritableAliasFile
5888 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5889 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5890 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
5891 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
5892 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5893 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5895 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
5896 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
5897 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
5898 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
5899 LinkedMapInWritableDir
5900 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
5901 FileDeliveryToHardLink
5902 FileDeliveryToSymLink
5905 WriteStatsToHardLink
5907 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
5909 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
5910 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you
5911 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
5912 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
5913 sent to those addresses will be bounced.
5914 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
5915 AutoRebuildAliases is set.
5916 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
5917 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
5918 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
5919 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
5920 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
5921 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup
5922 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
5923 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
5924 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
5925 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
5926 contrast to the success case).
5927 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line
5930 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
5931 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
5932 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
5933 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
5934 from hiding their connection information in Received:
5936 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
5937 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to
5938 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
5939 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
5940 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
5941 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also
5942 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
5943 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining
5944 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
5945 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
5946 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
5947 if the remote connection closes the socket before the
5948 remote identity can be queried.
5949 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
5950 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
5951 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per
5952 Hedeland of Ericsson.
5953 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
5954 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
5955 some of the details are determined dynamically via
5956 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
5957 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
5958 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
5959 the new Build method which creates an operating system
5960 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
5961 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
5962 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5963 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends
5964 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
5965 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted
5966 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5967 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
5968 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
5969 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
5970 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
5971 This means that even if only one of the recipients
5972 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
5973 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor.
5974 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
5975 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso
5976 of CNET: The Computer Network.
5977 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
5978 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
5979 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5980 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
5981 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
5982 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
5983 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
5984 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
5985 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
5986 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
5987 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
5988 in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
5989 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5990 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
5991 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott
5992 Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5993 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
5994 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
5995 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
5997 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
5999 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
6000 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from
6001 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
6002 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
6003 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
6004 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6005 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
6006 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales
6008 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by
6009 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
6010 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
6012 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
6013 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch
6014 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
6015 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
6016 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
6017 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by
6018 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6019 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of
6021 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
6022 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also
6023 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from
6024 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
6025 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
6026 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it
6027 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
6028 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
6029 Stratus Computer, Inc.
6030 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
6031 currently supported version.
6032 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch
6033 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
6034 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
6035 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
6036 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted
6037 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6038 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
6039 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
6040 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
6041 message in error bounces.
6042 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
6043 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
6044 Digital Equipment Corporation.
6046 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
6047 of Kyoto University.
6048 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from
6049 Randall S. Winchester of the University of
6051 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
6052 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
6054 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
6055 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
6056 the University of Maryland.
6057 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
6058 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
6059 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
6060 Meteorological Institute.
6061 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
6062 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
6063 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
6064 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
6065 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
6066 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
6067 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem
6068 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of
6069 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
6070 Fischer of BTG, Inc.
6071 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from
6072 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6073 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
6074 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun
6076 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
6077 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
6078 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from
6079 Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
6080 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
6081 directory for certain programs.
6082 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
6083 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
6084 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
6085 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the
6086 new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
6087 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
6088 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from
6089 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the
6090 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
6091 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
6092 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
6093 the user to setup different .forward files for
6094 user+detail addressing.
6095 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
6096 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
6097 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
6098 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
6099 from outside your domain and sending it to another host
6100 outside your domain).
6101 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
6102 any site to any site.
6103 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
6104 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
6105 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
6106 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
6107 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
6108 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow
6109 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
6110 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed
6111 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
6112 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
6113 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
6114 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
6115 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
6116 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
6117 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
6119 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient
6120 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite,
6121 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
6122 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
6123 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be
6124 needed for most installations.
6125 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
6126 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This
6127 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
6128 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
6129 the University of Maryland.
6130 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
6131 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
6132 usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
6133 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
6134 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
6135 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
6136 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
6137 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
6138 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
6139 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
6140 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
6141 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name
6142 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
6143 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see
6144 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
6145 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
6146 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
6147 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the
6148 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset
6149 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset
6150 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
6151 the return of the ruleset is ignored.
6152 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
6153 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
6154 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
6155 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note
6156 above for more information.
6157 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
6158 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
6159 Meteorological Institute.
6160 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUser (confDEF_USER_ID) to
6161 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
6162 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section
6163 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by
6164 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6165 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
6166 .mc files instead of in the obj directory.
6167 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
6168 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
6169 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
6170 MustQuoteChars respectively.
6171 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This
6172 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
6173 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of
6174 CMU (now of Netscape).
6175 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
6176 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not
6177 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to
6178 read mail.local/README.
6179 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
6180 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
6181 University of Maryland.
6182 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
6184 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
6185 Meteorological Institute.
6186 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
6187 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the
6188 University of Maryland.
6189 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
6190 such as linked files in world writable directories.
6191 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
6192 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
6193 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem
6194 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
6196 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from
6197 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
6198 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6200 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
6201 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
6202 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
6204 BuildTools/M4/header.m4
6205 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
6206 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
6207 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
6208 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
6209 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
6210 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
6211 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
6212 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
6213 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
6214 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
6215 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
6216 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
6217 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
6218 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
6220 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
6221 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
6223 BuildTools/Site/README
6224 BuildTools/bin/Build
6225 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
6226 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
6227 BuildTools/bin/install.sh
6230 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
6231 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
6232 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
6233 cf/feature/access_db.m4
6234 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
6235 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
6236 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
6237 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
6239 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
6240 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
6241 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
6242 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
6244 contrib/doublebounce.pl
6246 mail.local/Makefile.m4
6249 mailstats/Makefile.m4
6253 praliases/Makefile.m4
6263 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
6265 mail.local/Makefile.dist
6267 mailstats/Makefile.dist
6269 makemap/Makefile.dist
6271 praliases/Makefile.dist
6276 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
6277 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
6278 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
6279 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
6282 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
6283 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
6284 src/READ_ME => src/README
6286 8.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24
6287 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
6288 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
6289 Meteorological Institute.
6290 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
6291 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J.
6292 Arseneault of SRI International.
6293 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
6294 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
6295 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
6296 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
6297 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
6298 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
6299 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log
6300 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E.
6301 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6302 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
6303 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
6305 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
6306 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
6307 closed but the persistent host status file would not be
6308 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
6309 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6310 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
6311 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
6312 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
6313 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by
6314 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
6315 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
6316 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
6317 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
6318 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6319 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
6320 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by
6321 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6322 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
6323 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale
6324 results during a single message processing (but would
6325 recover when the next message was received). Fix from
6326 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
6327 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
6328 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
6329 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6330 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
6331 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
6332 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
6333 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6334 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
6335 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using
6336 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
6337 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
6338 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
6339 and the inability to save a bounce message to
6340 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
6341 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
6342 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
6343 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
6345 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are
6346 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
6347 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
6348 could cause confusing error messages.
6349 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
6350 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This
6351 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
6352 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
6354 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by
6355 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
6356 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
6357 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
6358 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6359 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
6360 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
6362 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
6363 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title.
6364 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6365 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
6366 support flock locking and runs out of processes during
6367 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
6368 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
6369 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6371 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
6372 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
6373 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
6374 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
6375 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
6376 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
6377 RUS University of Stuttgart.
6379 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
6380 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which
6381 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense
6382 of Stanford University.
6383 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
6384 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo
6385 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
6387 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
6388 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
6389 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
6390 Electronic Data Systems.
6391 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim
6392 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
6393 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
6394 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
6395 loader environment variables into the loader memory
6396 area. If one of these environment variables (such as
6397 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
6398 an invalid memory address would be used by the process
6399 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem
6400 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
6401 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
6402 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
6403 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by
6404 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
6405 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by
6406 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
6407 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by
6408 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6409 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
6410 incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
6411 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
6413 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
6414 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
6415 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
6416 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by
6417 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
6418 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
6420 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
6421 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
6422 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
6425 8.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03
6426 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
6427 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
6428 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
6429 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
6430 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
6432 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
6433 Problem noted by Fredrik Jönsson of the Royal Institute
6434 of Technology, Stockholm.
6435 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
6436 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
6437 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume
6438 that these routines are included as though they were in the
6439 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla.
6440 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
6441 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
6442 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
6443 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
6444 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
6445 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could
6446 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen
6447 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
6448 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and
6449 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
6450 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor
6451 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
6452 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
6453 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
6454 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns
6455 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
6456 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
6457 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
6458 have to assume that the information is good.
6459 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
6461 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
6462 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
6463 errors during testing.
6464 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
6465 printed in the error message.
6466 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
6467 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
6468 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
6469 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
6470 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
6471 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
6472 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the
6473 Tokyo Institute of Technology.
6474 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
6475 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs
6476 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
6477 runner runs during a critical section in another message
6478 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
6480 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
6481 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
6482 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
6483 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted
6484 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6485 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
6486 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
6487 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
6488 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
6489 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
6490 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
6491 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
6492 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
6493 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security
6494 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
6495 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
6496 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
6498 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
6499 use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
6500 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
6501 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem
6502 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
6503 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
6504 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to
6505 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by
6506 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6507 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
6508 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of
6510 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
6511 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem
6512 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
6513 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
6515 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
6516 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that
6517 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
6519 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow
6520 of Argonne National Laboratory.
6521 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
6522 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
6523 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From
6524 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
6525 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
6527 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
6528 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
6529 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
6530 exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
6531 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
6532 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of
6534 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem
6535 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6536 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem
6537 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
6539 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
6540 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
6541 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags
6542 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported
6543 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
6544 Mental Health Center Residential Services.
6545 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
6546 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
6548 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
6549 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out
6550 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
6551 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
6552 from Christopher Durham of SCO.
6553 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
6554 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
6555 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of
6557 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
6558 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested
6560 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These
6561 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
6562 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
6563 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
6564 telling more details on what actually changed when "file
6565 changed after open".
6566 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw
6568 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
6570 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
6571 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
6573 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
6577 8.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14
6578 *************************************************************
6579 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI *
6580 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. *
6581 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward *
6582 * continued sendmail development. *
6583 *************************************************************
6584 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
6585 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
6586 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root
6587 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
6588 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
6589 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified
6590 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
6591 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most
6592 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
6593 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been
6594 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
6595 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
6596 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that
6597 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
6598 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
6599 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
6600 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
6601 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
6602 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
6603 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
6604 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
6605 another database; this can be used either to expose
6606 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
6607 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
6608 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows
6609 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
6610 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
6611 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
6612 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an
6613 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
6615 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
6616 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
6617 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is
6618 similar to the previous case for user files. This change
6619 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
6620 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
6621 files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
6622 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
6623 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
6624 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
6625 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file
6626 ownership only in those few cases where the system has
6627 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
6628 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
6629 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
6630 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate
6631 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
6632 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
6633 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
6634 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
6635 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set
6636 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
6637 NFS-mounted filesystems.
6638 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
6639 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
6640 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
6641 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
6642 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli
6643 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
6644 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
6645 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported
6646 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
6647 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
6648 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
6650 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
6651 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch
6653 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
6654 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of
6655 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6656 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
6657 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
6658 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
6659 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
6660 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by
6661 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6662 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
6663 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
6665 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
6666 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted
6667 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6668 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
6669 too large) don't send the bogus message.
6670 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
6671 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael
6672 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6673 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
6674 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by
6675 Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
6676 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
6677 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil
6679 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
6680 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of
6682 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
6683 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
6684 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
6685 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really
6686 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by
6687 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
6688 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
6689 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
6690 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
6691 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
6693 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
6694 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
6695 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
6697 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
6698 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
6699 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by
6700 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6701 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
6702 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
6703 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
6704 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm
6705 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
6707 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
6708 die immediately, never hold the error message for future
6710 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
6711 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
6712 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6713 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
6714 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h.
6715 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
6716 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
6717 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give
6718 erroneous results during a single message processing
6719 (but would recover when the next message was received).
6720 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
6721 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential
6722 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
6723 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it
6724 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the
6725 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
6726 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
6727 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
6728 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
6729 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
6730 address as "may be forged".
6731 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
6732 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
6733 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
6734 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
6735 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
6736 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse
6738 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
6739 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
6740 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
6741 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
6742 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
6743 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
6744 Plasma Physics Laboratory.
6745 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
6746 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6748 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
6749 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial
6750 of service problems with this option: an attacker can
6751 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
6752 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should
6753 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
6754 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew
6755 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
6756 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
6757 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory
6758 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
6760 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
6761 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
6762 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from
6763 John Beck of SunSoft.
6764 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
6765 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
6766 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
6767 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
6768 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
6769 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
6770 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
6771 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch
6772 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
6773 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were
6774 partially processed, which could cause confusing error
6776 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
6777 on some architectures.
6779 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
6780 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
6781 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems
6782 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
6783 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University
6785 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
6786 the system rather than guessing at compile time.
6787 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6788 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
6789 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
6790 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
6791 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
6792 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
6793 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from
6794 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6795 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
6796 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
6797 high order bit set to apparently randomly match
6798 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
6799 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
6801 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From
6803 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
6804 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
6806 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
6807 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6808 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
6809 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by
6811 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
6812 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
6813 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6814 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
6815 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
6816 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6817 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
6818 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip
6819 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
6820 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
6821 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from
6822 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6823 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
6824 have no functional change in this release, but makes it
6825 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
6826 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
6827 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
6828 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
6829 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
6830 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6831 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
6832 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
6833 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions
6834 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
6835 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
6836 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
6837 was specified, even when it wasn't.
6838 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft.
6839 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
6840 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
6841 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived
6842 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
6843 symbolic links pointing nowhere.
6844 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
6845 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
6846 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would
6847 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
6848 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
6850 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar
6851 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem
6852 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6853 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
6854 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
6855 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
6856 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
6857 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
6859 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
6860 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
6861 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other
6862 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via
6863 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6864 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This
6865 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
6866 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
6867 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
6868 for system accounts.
6871 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
6873 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
6874 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
6875 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
6877 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x
6878 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
6880 8.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21
6881 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail
6882 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
6883 even if RunAsUser is specified.
6884 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response
6885 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
6886 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6887 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
6888 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
6889 University of Pennsylvania.
6890 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
6891 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f
6892 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
6893 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
6894 was unnecessarily awful.
6895 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
6896 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
6897 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
6898 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
6899 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
6900 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
6901 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
6902 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
6903 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6904 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
6905 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6906 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
6907 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a
6908 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6909 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
6910 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
6912 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
6913 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves.
6914 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
6916 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
6917 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
6918 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only
6919 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from
6920 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6921 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
6922 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
6923 some problems if a background process tried to send mail
6924 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
6925 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
6926 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
6927 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously
6928 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
6929 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan
6931 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
6932 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
6933 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
6934 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based
6935 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
6936 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
6937 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
6938 The current values and defaults are:
6939 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
6940 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
6941 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
6942 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
6943 These will probably be configurable in a future release.
6944 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
6945 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
6946 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
6947 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted
6948 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6949 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
6950 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
6951 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
6952 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
6953 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from
6955 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
6956 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
6957 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
6958 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
6959 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
6960 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
6961 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
6962 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6963 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
6964 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
6965 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
6966 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
6968 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
6969 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
6970 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
6971 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6972 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed
6973 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
6974 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
6975 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
6977 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
6978 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
6979 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
6980 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
6981 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6982 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
6983 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
6985 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
6986 Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
6987 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
6988 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
6989 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
6990 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
6991 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
6992 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names
6993 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
6994 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
6996 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
6997 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it
6998 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
6999 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
7000 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'École Nationale
7001 Supérieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
7002 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
7003 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following
7004 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
7005 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
7006 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
7007 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send
7008 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host''
7009 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In
7010 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
7011 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
7012 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
7013 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
7014 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use
7015 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
7016 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7017 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
7018 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
7019 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
7020 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
7021 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
7024 8.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02
7025 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
7026 permissions by hard linking to files that were group
7027 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any
7028 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
7029 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry
7030 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a
7031 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
7032 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
7033 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
7034 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There
7035 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
7036 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups
7037 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although
7038 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
7039 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
7040 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
7041 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
7042 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy
7043 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7044 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
7045 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
7046 Problem noted by several people.
7047 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
7048 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
7049 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted
7051 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
7052 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
7053 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
7054 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
7055 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon
7056 of Best Internet Communications.
7057 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore
7058 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
7059 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
7060 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
7061 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
7062 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
7063 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
7064 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
7065 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis.
7066 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
7067 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis.
7068 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
7069 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7070 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
7071 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
7072 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out
7074 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from
7075 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7076 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
7077 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
7078 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch
7079 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have
7080 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
7081 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
7082 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
7083 of Kyoto University.
7084 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
7085 conditions from Don Lewis.
7086 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
7087 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
7088 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
7089 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a
7090 patch from Bryan Costales.
7092 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
7093 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This
7094 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the
7095 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
7096 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
7097 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill
7098 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
7099 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch
7100 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
7101 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of
7102 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
7104 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
7106 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
7107 I believe this to have only been a problem if you
7108 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
7109 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
7110 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
7111 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universität Wien.
7112 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
7113 than one long one. By popular demand.
7114 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch
7115 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
7116 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
7117 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
7118 of NTT Software Corporation.
7119 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
7123 8.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17
7124 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
7125 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted
7126 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
7127 best-of-security list.
7128 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
7129 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
7130 should make it clearer to people that they are running
7132 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
7133 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
7134 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
7135 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem
7136 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
7137 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
7138 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
7139 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve
7140 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
7141 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
7142 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
7143 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
7144 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
7145 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver
7146 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
7147 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
7148 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
7149 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
7150 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from
7152 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too
7153 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
7154 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
7155 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
7156 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
7157 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
7159 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
7160 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
7161 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
7162 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by
7163 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
7164 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
7165 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
7166 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from
7167 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
7168 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert
7169 of the University of Washington, Seattle.
7170 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
7171 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
7172 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
7173 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
7174 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
7175 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
7176 University of Linkoping.
7177 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
7178 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark
7179 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
7180 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
7181 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
7182 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
7183 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
7185 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
7186 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
7187 MCI Telecommunications Communications.
7188 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
7189 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did
7190 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem
7191 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7193 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
7194 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
7195 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by
7196 Håkan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
7197 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
7198 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
7199 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
7200 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
7201 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
7202 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
7203 The outline of the implementation was contributed
7204 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
7205 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
7206 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
7207 change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
7208 which is apparently the only compiler that requires
7209 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff
7210 Earickson of Colby College.
7211 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized
7212 operating system that comes with a decent compiler
7213 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
7215 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
7216 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency
7217 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
7218 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
7219 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
7220 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve
7221 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
7222 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
7223 end up being translated to the null host name, which would
7224 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
7225 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
7226 University of Washington, Seattle.
7227 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
7228 Polytechnic Institute.
7229 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
7230 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
7232 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
7234 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
7236 8.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18
7237 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
7238 changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
7240 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
7241 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
7242 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
7243 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
7244 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
7247 8.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17
7248 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
7249 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted
7250 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
7251 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
7252 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
7253 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential
7254 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
7256 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
7257 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
7259 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as
7260 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
7261 on illegal host names.
7262 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
7263 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
7264 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David.
7265 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
7266 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
7267 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
7268 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
7269 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
7270 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7271 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
7272 term host status. This is necessary because it is common
7273 to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
7274 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
7275 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
7276 University of Leicester.
7277 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
7278 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
7279 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
7280 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of
7281 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
7282 University of Washington.
7284 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several
7285 people pointed this out.
7286 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
7287 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
7288 Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
7289 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
7290 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
7291 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
7292 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
7293 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
7295 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based
7296 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
7297 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan
7298 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
7300 8.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26
7301 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
7302 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
7303 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
7304 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was
7305 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
7306 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not
7307 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
7308 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed
7309 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
7310 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
7311 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
7312 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
7313 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
7315 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
7316 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
7317 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7318 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
7319 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
7320 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from
7321 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
7322 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
7323 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
7324 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid
7325 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
7326 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
7327 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
7328 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by
7329 Brad Knowles of America On Line.
7330 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
7331 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
7332 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
7334 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
7335 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
7337 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
7338 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
7339 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
7340 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
7341 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem
7342 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
7343 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
7344 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
7345 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
7346 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
7347 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7348 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
7349 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
7351 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
7352 results that may come from NIS and DNS.
7353 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
7354 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
7355 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green.
7356 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
7357 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
7358 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales.
7359 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
7360 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales.
7361 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
7362 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
7363 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
7364 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by
7365 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
7366 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
7367 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
7368 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
7369 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
7371 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
7372 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John
7374 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
7375 The command takes a host name; data for that host is
7376 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares
7377 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
7378 there should be no security implications. Implementation
7379 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details.
7380 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
7381 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
7382 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
7383 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note
7384 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
7385 to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
7386 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
7388 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
7389 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
7390 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
7391 University of Maryland.
7392 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from
7393 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
7394 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
7395 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
7396 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
7397 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed
7398 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
7399 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
7400 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
7401 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the
7402 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
7403 addresses. This flag will solve that problem.
7404 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must
7405 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
7406 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are
7407 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is
7408 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
7409 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
7410 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
7411 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123
7413 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
7414 rejecting connections if it has more than this many
7415 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may
7416 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
7417 is for incoming connections only.
7418 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the
7419 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
7420 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are
7421 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to
7422 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
7423 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
7424 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
7425 (e.g., due to connection caching).
7426 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m)
7427 specifies how long cached information about the state of a
7428 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
7429 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status
7430 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
7431 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
7432 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
7433 that take a very long time to run.
7434 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced
7435 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
7436 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
7437 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
7438 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by
7439 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7440 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
7441 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
7442 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7443 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
7444 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan
7446 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
7447 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
7449 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
7450 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
7451 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
7452 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
7453 values for a given key, the database cursor would get
7454 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
7455 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating
7456 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
7457 different for this case.
7458 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
7459 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee
7460 of Stanford University.
7461 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
7462 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
7463 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by
7464 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7465 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
7466 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem
7467 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
7468 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
7469 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from
7470 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7471 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
7472 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
7473 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted
7474 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
7475 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
7476 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
7477 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead.
7478 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
7479 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
7481 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
7482 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
7483 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted
7484 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
7485 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
7486 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current
7487 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
7488 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
7490 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
7491 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP
7493 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
7494 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
7495 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
7496 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined
7497 either of these in their configuration file.
7498 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
7499 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of
7500 St. Peter's College.
7501 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
7502 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales.
7503 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
7504 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7505 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix
7506 from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7507 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
7508 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial
7509 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
7511 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
7512 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
7513 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything
7514 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
7515 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
7516 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat
7517 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
7518 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
7519 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
7520 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
7522 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
7523 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
7524 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
7525 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
7526 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
7527 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
7528 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
7529 when sendmail reads the configuration file.
7530 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
7531 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
7532 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
7534 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark
7535 Lovell and Paul Vixie.
7536 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
7537 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
7538 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
7540 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not
7541 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense
7542 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
7543 See also the src/READ_ME file.
7544 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
7545 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful
7546 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
7547 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
7548 two characters $, +.
7549 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
7551 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
7552 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
7553 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
7555 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
7556 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem
7558 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
7559 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
7560 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John
7561 Beck of InReference, Inc.
7562 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
7563 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
7564 Computing Corporation.
7565 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
7566 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
7567 Internet Communications.
7568 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
7569 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
7570 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz
7572 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the
7573 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
7574 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
7575 of the University of Iceland.
7576 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
7577 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
7578 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
7579 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases
7580 this change is a no-op.
7581 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan
7583 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by
7585 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
7586 response. Patch from Bryan Costales.
7587 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
7588 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7589 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested
7590 by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7591 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
7592 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
7593 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always
7594 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7595 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
7596 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a
7597 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle
7599 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
7600 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from
7601 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7602 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
7603 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
7604 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more
7605 easily determine what messages are to their role as
7606 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based
7607 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
7608 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
7609 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that
7610 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
7611 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
7612 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
7613 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not
7614 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
7615 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should
7616 probably only be used on the command line, and only in
7617 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few
7618 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an
7619 implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
7620 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
7621 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary
7622 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense
7623 of Stanford University.
7624 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
7625 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be
7626 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
7627 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
7628 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
7629 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
7630 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
7631 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
7632 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
7633 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
7634 message. This should only be used if your configuration file
7635 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on
7636 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7637 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from
7639 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
7640 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
7641 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch
7642 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
7643 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally
7644 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
7645 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory
7646 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If
7647 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full
7648 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common
7649 value is ".hoststat".
7650 There are also two new operation modes:
7651 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
7653 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save
7654 recent status information.
7655 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
7656 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
7657 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
7658 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
7659 framework is gratefully appreciated.
7660 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
7661 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
7662 open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
7663 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
7664 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
7665 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
7666 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
7667 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
7668 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
7669 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code
7670 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
7671 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
7672 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan
7674 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
7675 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7676 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
7677 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
7678 left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
7679 Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7680 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
7681 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
7682 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
7683 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
7684 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
7686 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
7687 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
7688 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u
7689 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
7690 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
7691 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
7692 failure or delay were always set. This caused those
7693 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
7694 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
7695 of Washington, Seattle.
7696 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This
7697 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
7698 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
7699 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
7700 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
7701 (See src/READ_ME for details.)
7702 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
7703 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be
7704 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori
7706 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
7707 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
7708 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
7709 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
7710 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
7711 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
7712 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to
7713 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
7714 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
7716 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
7717 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could
7718 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
7719 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
7720 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
7721 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
7722 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
7723 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems.
7724 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
7725 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am
7726 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
7727 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
7728 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds
7729 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
7730 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
7731 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe
7733 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
7734 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
7735 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
7736 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested
7737 by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7738 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted
7739 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7740 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
7741 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it
7742 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem
7743 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
7744 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
7745 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
7746 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
7747 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
7748 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
7749 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
7750 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
7751 National University of Singapore.
7752 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps
7753 detect cases where DefaultUser is set to something that the
7754 system can't cope with.
7756 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
7757 Atlas International.
7758 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
7760 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
7761 work on the first recipient of a message due to a
7762 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you
7763 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
7764 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
7765 Bernstein and Associates.
7766 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
7767 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported
7768 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
7769 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
7770 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7771 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
7772 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
7773 of Bailey Computer Consulting.
7774 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
7775 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
7776 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
7777 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
7778 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
7779 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
7780 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
7781 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
7783 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
7784 Lopez, CICA (Seville).
7785 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
7786 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
7787 Employment Standards Administration.
7788 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
7789 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
7791 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
7792 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
7793 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
7794 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
7795 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
7796 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
7797 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
7798 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
7799 of the University of Arizona.
7800 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of
7801 Vanderbilt University.
7802 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
7803 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
7804 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall
7805 Winchester of the University of Maryland.
7806 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by
7807 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7808 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
7809 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
7810 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
7812 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
7813 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
7814 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
7815 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John
7817 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any
7818 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those
7819 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
7820 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes
7821 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
7822 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
7823 themselves. For example, if a configuration had
7824 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
7825 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
7826 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard
7827 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
7828 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
7829 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
7830 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes,
7831 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
7832 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code
7833 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
7834 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7835 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
7836 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
7837 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
7838 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing:
7839 info@foo.com foo-info
7840 info@bar.com bar-info
7841 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net
7842 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
7843 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
7844 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
7845 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com,
7846 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with
7847 a great many people.
7848 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
7849 Suggested by Richard Bainter.
7850 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
7852 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
7853 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
7854 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
7855 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of
7856 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can
7857 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
7858 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
7859 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
7860 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This
7861 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based
7862 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
7863 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
7864 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
7865 lookups required to support this feature. For example,
7866 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
7867 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony
7868 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
7869 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
7870 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
7872 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
7873 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by
7874 Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7875 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
7876 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by
7877 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
7878 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
7879 remotely connected. The address host!user was being
7880 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
7881 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
7882 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
7883 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
7884 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
7885 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion
7887 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
7888 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
7889 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
7890 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
7892 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
7893 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note
7894 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
7895 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
7896 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
7897 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
7898 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul
7899 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
7900 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
7901 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
7902 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
7903 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
7904 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
7905 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan
7907 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7908 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
7909 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
7910 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7912 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
7913 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
7914 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
7915 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
7916 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
7917 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
7918 mailstats/mailstats.8
7919 praliases/praliases.8
7920 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
7921 cf/feature/genericstable.m4
7922 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
7923 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
7924 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
7928 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
7930 contrib/re-mqueue.pl
7932 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
7936 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
7937 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2
7938 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10
7939 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x
7940 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x
7942 8.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17
7943 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
7944 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
7945 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site.
7946 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
7947 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
7948 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
7949 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable
7950 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
7952 8.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04
7953 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
7954 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
7955 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
7956 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
7957 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
7960 8.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18
7961 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7962 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7963 any user (except root).
7964 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7965 version number is unchanged.
7967 8.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03
7968 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
7969 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix
7970 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7971 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
7972 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since
7973 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
7974 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
7975 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan
7978 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
7979 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
7980 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes
7981 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
7982 Stanford University.
7983 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
7984 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7986 8.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19
7987 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
7988 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not
7989 properly repaired in 8.7.1.
7990 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
7991 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
7992 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the
7993 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
7994 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep
7995 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
7996 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
7997 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
7998 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested
8000 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
8001 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
8002 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
8003 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
8004 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
8005 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
8006 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
8007 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard
8008 bounces when it should have requeued.
8009 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
8010 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
8011 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by
8012 John Hawkinson of Panix.
8013 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
8014 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
8015 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
8016 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested
8017 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break
8018 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
8019 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
8021 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security
8022 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
8023 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
8024 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John
8025 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
8026 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
8027 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
8028 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
8029 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
8030 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
8031 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
8032 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested
8033 by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
8034 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
8036 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
8037 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
8038 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
8039 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
8040 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
8041 included even if the user did not request success notification,
8042 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8043 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
8044 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
8045 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
8046 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem
8047 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
8048 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan
8050 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
8051 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed
8052 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
8053 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
8054 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
8055 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
8056 Technological University.
8057 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
8058 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the
8059 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
8060 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
8061 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed
8062 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
8063 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
8064 Requested by Allan Johannesen.
8065 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
8066 to have the database format of the alias files without the
8067 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
8069 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
8070 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford
8071 <frank@ansto.gov.au>.
8072 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
8073 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
8075 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
8076 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the
8077 Association for Progressive Communications.
8078 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
8079 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
8080 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
8081 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
8082 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such
8083 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
8084 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
8086 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
8087 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod
8088 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch
8089 from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
8090 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
8091 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
8092 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the
8093 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
8094 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from
8095 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
8097 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
8098 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From
8099 James B. Davis of TCI.
8100 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From
8101 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8102 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
8103 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed
8104 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
8105 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
8106 isn't supported on all compilers.
8107 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
8108 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
8109 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
8110 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
8111 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
8112 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
8113 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
8115 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
8116 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
8117 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
8118 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on
8119 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
8120 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
8121 have already been set. Previously it worked differently
8122 for different files.
8123 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take
8124 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
8125 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
8126 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
8127 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
8130 8.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01
8131 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
8132 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
8133 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug
8134 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
8135 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
8136 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
8137 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
8138 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
8139 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns
8140 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
8141 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
8142 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although
8143 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
8144 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
8145 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
8146 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
8147 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
8148 These both have possible security implications. Solutions
8149 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
8150 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
8151 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
8152 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
8153 results. This could have security implications.
8154 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
8155 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
8156 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
8157 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
8158 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx
8159 map to always return the local host first, if it is included
8160 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert
8162 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy
8163 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
8164 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
8165 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
8166 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
8167 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
8168 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the
8169 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
8170 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
8171 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock,
8172 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember:
8173 domain names are your friends.
8174 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
8175 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
8176 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
8177 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
8178 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
8179 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout
8180 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the
8181 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
8183 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
8184 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
8185 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
8186 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
8189 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
8190 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to
8191 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
8192 file and SGI standards. From Andre
8193 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
8194 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
8195 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
8196 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
8197 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
8198 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
8199 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc.
8200 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
8201 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
8202 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
8203 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
8204 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
8205 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
8206 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
8207 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
8208 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
8209 Infobiogen (France).
8211 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
8212 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
8213 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
8216 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
8217 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
8218 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
8219 Global Communications.
8220 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
8221 people seemed to think that it was too rude.
8222 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
8223 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense
8224 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
8225 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out
8226 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
8227 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
8228 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
8230 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
8231 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
8232 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
8233 file on systems with no database method compiled in.
8234 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
8235 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
8236 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
8237 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
8238 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
8240 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
8241 There is nothing that says you can't have a long
8242 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
8243 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported
8244 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8245 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
8246 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in
8247 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally
8248 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This
8249 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
8250 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
8251 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8252 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
8253 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
8254 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
8255 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
8256 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
8257 the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
8258 This involves adding two new compile-time options:
8259 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
8260 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
8261 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former
8262 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
8263 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
8264 Swarthmore University.
8265 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
8266 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
8267 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
8268 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
8270 ``=M'' will display the known mailers.
8271 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
8273 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
8274 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
8275 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
8276 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
8277 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
8278 and the parsed address.
8279 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
8280 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
8281 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The
8282 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
8283 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These
8284 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
8286 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
8288 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
8289 `mapname' and return the result.
8290 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
8291 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
8292 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
8293 the header for envelope sender information and uses
8294 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be
8295 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
8296 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
8298 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
8299 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
8300 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can
8301 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
8302 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
8303 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
8304 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
8305 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
8306 of Michigan Technological University.
8307 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
8308 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
8309 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
8310 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether
8311 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for
8312 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
8313 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files
8315 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
8316 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
8317 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print
8318 the error message. It was especially weird because it
8319 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
8320 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem
8321 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
8322 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
8323 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but
8324 should have minimal impact on external function.
8325 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
8326 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
8328 The full list of old and new names is as follows:
8334 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
8335 C CheckpointInterval
8337 D AutoRebuildAliases
8350 k ConnectionCacheSize
8351 K ConnectionCacheTimeout
8378 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
8379 been changed to options; those correspondences are:
8380 $e SmtpGreetingMessage
8383 $q (deleted -- not necessary)
8384 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
8385 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
8386 sendmail; any config file using the new names should
8387 specify "V6" in the configuration.
8388 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
8389 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
8390 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
8391 treat them as comments). This is to handle the
8392 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
8393 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
8394 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
8395 This requires config file support to get right. It does
8396 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
8397 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
8398 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
8399 A Addresses are aliasable.
8400 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
8401 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer
8402 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
8403 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
8404 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
8405 recipient mailer flags.
8406 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
8407 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
8409 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
8410 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
8411 : Check for :include: on this address.
8412 | Check for |program on this address.
8413 / Check for /file on this address.
8414 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user
8415 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the
8416 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
8417 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
8418 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
8419 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
8420 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
8421 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from
8422 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
8423 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
8424 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the
8425 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
8426 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with
8427 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
8428 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
8429 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
8430 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
8431 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
8432 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is
8433 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
8434 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
8435 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are:
8436 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
8437 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
8438 (essentially, the full MIME option).
8439 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
8440 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
8441 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
8442 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8
8444 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
8446 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
8447 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
8448 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
8449 never directly encoded (although their components can be).
8450 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
8451 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
8452 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have
8453 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
8454 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME
8455 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
8456 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is
8457 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
8458 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
8459 short name) to set the default character set to use in the
8460 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
8461 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C=
8462 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
8463 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
8464 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
8465 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
8466 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
8467 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This
8468 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
8469 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
8470 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be
8471 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
8472 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
8473 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
8475 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
8476 fashion as the U= mailer option.
8477 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
8478 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration
8479 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
8480 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
8481 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
8482 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
8483 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code
8484 from Chip Rosenthal.
8485 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
8488 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
8489 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to
8490 set them both the preferred new syntax is
8491 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
8492 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
8493 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
8494 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
8495 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache,
8496 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
8497 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a
8498 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
8499 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
8500 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code
8501 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
8502 contribution was to make it configurable).
8503 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
8504 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
8505 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
8506 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
8507 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
8508 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
8509 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
8510 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
8511 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
8513 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
8515 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
8516 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
8517 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
8518 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
8519 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
8520 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval
8521 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
8522 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
8523 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give
8524 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
8526 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
8527 :include: and .forward files.
8528 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
8529 key field name, the value field name, and the field
8530 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character
8531 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
8532 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
8533 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
8534 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8535 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
8536 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by
8538 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the
8539 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the
8540 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott
8541 Hutton of Indiana University.
8542 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to
8543 specify the name of the property that is searched as the
8544 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
8545 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The
8546 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code
8547 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
8548 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through
8549 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
8550 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
8551 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
8552 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated
8554 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search
8555 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
8556 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses
8557 are from sysexits.h.
8558 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
8559 finds a match. For example, the declarations:
8562 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
8563 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
8564 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
8565 map2 is searched and the value returned.
8566 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that
8567 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
8568 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of
8569 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
8570 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
8571 For example, if the declaration of the map is
8572 Ksample switch hosts
8573 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
8574 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
8576 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
8577 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
8578 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a
8579 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
8580 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
8581 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with
8582 the -m (matchonly) flag.
8583 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
8584 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records
8585 for this host, one will be chosen at random.
8586 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
8587 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
8588 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries
8589 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
8590 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are
8591 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
8592 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
8593 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
8594 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
8595 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
8596 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts
8597 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
8598 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
8599 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
8600 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
8601 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
8602 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
8603 of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
8604 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
8605 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
8606 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if
8607 an /etc/hosts entry reads
8608 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
8609 this change will use the second name as the canonical
8610 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
8611 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
8612 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
8613 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
8614 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
8615 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan
8616 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
8617 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
8618 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
8619 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have
8620 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
8621 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
8622 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based
8623 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
8624 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
8625 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
8626 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8627 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
8628 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
8629 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
8630 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
8631 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
8632 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
8633 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
8634 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
8635 much longer than the specified timeout.
8636 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
8637 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
8638 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
8639 denial-of-service attack.
8640 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
8641 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
8642 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8643 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service
8644 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
8645 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
8646 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
8647 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the
8648 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
8649 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files"
8650 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
8651 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
8652 actually file lookups.
8653 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
8654 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
8655 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not
8656 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
8657 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
8658 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override
8659 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
8660 support for them has been removed.
8661 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
8662 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
8663 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
8664 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
8665 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
8666 message (not just the second line). This is to provide
8667 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
8668 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
8669 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested
8670 by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
8671 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
8672 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
8673 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
8674 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
8675 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
8676 also improves the connection cache utilization.
8677 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
8678 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested
8679 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
8680 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
8681 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
8682 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by
8683 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
8684 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change
8685 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
8687 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
8688 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero
8689 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
8690 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel
8691 timeout interval to establish the connection, this
8692 option can give the network software time to establish
8693 the link. The default units are seconds.
8694 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
8695 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
8696 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
8697 Defense Information Systems Agency.
8698 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
8699 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of
8700 the National Computer Security Center.
8701 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
8702 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
8703 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
8704 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by
8705 the mailprio scripts (see below).
8706 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
8707 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
8708 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a
8709 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
8710 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
8711 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The
8712 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample
8713 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
8714 University Computing Service.
8715 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
8716 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of
8717 the University of Kentucky.
8718 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
8719 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
8720 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
8721 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if
8722 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
8723 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
8724 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network
8725 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
8727 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
8728 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
8729 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
8730 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
8731 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
8732 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
8733 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really
8734 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
8735 can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
8736 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
8737 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
8738 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
8739 properly if they do not already exist. This had been
8740 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
8741 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
8742 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to
8743 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by
8744 Michael Beirne of Motorola.
8745 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
8746 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
8748 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
8749 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
8750 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids
8751 significant performance problems when looking for .forward
8752 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
8753 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
8754 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
8755 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is
8756 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
8757 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
8758 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
8759 From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8760 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
8761 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take
8763 None Leave the message as is. The
8764 message will be passed on even
8765 though it is in technically
8767 Add-To Add a To: header with any
8768 recipients that it can find from
8769 the envelope. This risks exposing
8771 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This
8772 has almost no redeeming social value,
8773 and is provided only for back
8775 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading
8776 To: undisclosed-recipients:;
8777 which will have the effect of
8778 making the message legal without
8779 exposing Bcc: recipients.
8780 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header.
8781 There is a chance that mailers down
8782 the line will delete this header,
8783 which could cause exposure of Bcc:
8785 The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
8786 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This
8787 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
8788 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
8789 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
8790 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
8791 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery
8792 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
8793 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
8794 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
8795 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
8796 alias or forward should include the name of this root.
8797 For example, if you run with
8798 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
8799 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a
8800 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
8801 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
8802 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
8803 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
8804 entries. For example, given the aliases:
8807 and an alias file declared as:
8808 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
8809 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
8810 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
8811 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8812 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
8813 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
8814 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan
8816 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
8817 to be simpler and more consistent.
8818 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give
8819 any extra security and caused some people some problems.
8820 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
8821 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
8822 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
8823 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
8824 This may affect some people who have written their own
8825 checkcompat() routine.
8826 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file
8827 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
8828 the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
8829 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
8830 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
8831 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
8832 if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
8833 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
8834 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
8835 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
8836 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
8838 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
8839 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
8840 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
8841 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
8842 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted,
8843 and anything after the first dot in a release number can
8844 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous
8845 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
8846 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
8847 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty
8848 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
8849 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
8850 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
8851 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
8852 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
8853 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
8854 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
8855 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
8857 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8858 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
8859 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still
8860 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura.
8861 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
8862 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
8863 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
8864 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
8865 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use
8866 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
8867 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of
8868 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
8869 is added between the first and second word of the first
8870 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
8871 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
8872 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
8873 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
8874 old sendmails understand.
8875 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
8876 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi.
8877 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
8878 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
8879 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native
8880 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
8881 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
8882 data -- for example,
8883 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
8884 (romanized/less information)
8885 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
8886 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
8887 (with MIME encoding, not human readable)
8888 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
8889 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
8890 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
8891 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
8892 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
8893 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
8894 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
8895 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues
8896 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by
8897 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
8898 Eric Prestemon of American University.
8899 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
8900 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
8901 increment on the background value).
8902 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged
8903 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed
8904 by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8905 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
8906 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
8907 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
8908 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
8909 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
8910 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional
8911 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
8912 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
8913 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
8914 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping
8915 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This
8916 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
8917 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
8918 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual
8919 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
8920 the program in question needs to be very careful about how
8921 it does the file write to avoid security problems.
8922 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
8923 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail
8924 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
8925 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
8926 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
8927 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
8928 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
8929 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
8930 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
8931 service type is "files".
8932 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is
8933 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
8935 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
8936 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code
8937 contributed by SunSoft.
8938 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
8939 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate
8940 the named variable from the environment when sendmail
8941 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
8942 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any
8943 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
8944 environment. However, sendmail still forces an
8945 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
8946 at least one environment variable, since many programs and
8947 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
8948 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
8949 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
8950 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves
8951 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8952 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
8953 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
8954 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
8955 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
8956 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
8957 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed
8958 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
8959 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
8960 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
8961 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
8962 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas
8963 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
8964 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
8965 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
8966 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
8967 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
8968 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes
8969 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
8970 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
8971 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
8973 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
8974 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from
8976 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
8977 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
8978 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
8979 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum
8981 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by
8982 Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
8983 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
8984 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
8985 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
8986 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
8987 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
8988 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
8989 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on
8990 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
8991 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
8992 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
8993 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
8995 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
8996 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular,
8997 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
8998 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
8999 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
9000 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
9001 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
9002 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining
9003 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows
9004 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
9005 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang
9006 of Sun Microsystems.
9007 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one
9008 is at least 50% faster.
9009 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
9010 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
9012 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
9013 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
9014 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
9015 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the
9016 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
9017 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura.
9018 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
9019 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by
9020 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
9021 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
9022 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
9023 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
9024 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For
9025 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
9026 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
9027 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
9029 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
9031 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
9032 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
9033 Global Information Solutions.
9034 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
9035 From Motonori Nakamura.
9036 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From
9038 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
9039 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
9040 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
9041 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
9042 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
9043 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David
9044 James of British Telecom.
9045 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches
9046 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
9047 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
9048 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion
9049 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
9050 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
9051 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional,
9052 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
9053 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
9054 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are,
9055 a bad guy can read your private files.
9057 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
9058 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
9059 University. This expands the disk size
9060 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
9061 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
9062 and setrlimit(2) are both available.
9063 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
9064 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
9065 Linux Makefile typo.
9066 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
9067 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
9068 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
9070 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts,
9071 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
9072 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the
9073 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
9074 This requires adaptation of code that really
9075 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
9076 addresses or nameserver fields.''
9077 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To
9078 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
9079 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
9080 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
9081 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
9082 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
9084 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
9085 match all the other configuration files. Fix
9086 from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
9087 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain
9088 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
9089 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from
9090 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
9091 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
9092 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
9093 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter
9095 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
9096 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
9097 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
9098 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson
9099 of Ohio State University.
9100 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
9101 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
9103 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Schöpf
9104 of Zentrum für Datenverarbeitung der Universität
9106 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
9107 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
9109 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
9110 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
9112 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
9113 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
9114 Rochester Medical Center.
9115 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
9116 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
9117 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
9118 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
9119 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
9120 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
9121 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
9123 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
9124 <janet@dialix.oz.au>.
9125 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
9127 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
9128 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
9129 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
9130 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
9131 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
9132 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
9133 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
9134 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
9135 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
9136 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
9138 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
9139 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
9140 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
9141 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
9142 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
9143 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
9144 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
9145 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
9146 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
9147 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
9148 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
9149 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
9150 University of Brno (Czech Republic).
9151 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
9153 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
9154 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
9155 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined
9156 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
9157 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
9158 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race
9159 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
9160 on the file, but it should be quite small.
9161 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can
9162 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
9163 giving the local administrator more control over what
9164 programs can be run from sendmail.
9165 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really
9166 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
9167 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
9169 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
9170 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
9171 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
9172 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
9173 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
9174 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very
9175 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
9176 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
9177 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
9178 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out.
9179 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
9180 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which
9181 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
9182 arbitrary directory -- use either:
9183 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
9185 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
9186 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
9188 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
9189 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
9190 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
9192 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
9193 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
9194 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
9195 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
9196 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
9197 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
9199 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
9200 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
9201 just unqualified ones.
9202 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
9203 was never used and didn't work anyway.
9204 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
9205 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
9206 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
9207 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
9208 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail
9209 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
9211 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
9212 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
9213 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
9214 this is expected to be another sendmail.
9215 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
9216 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
9217 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
9218 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip
9219 Rosenthal of Unicom.
9220 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
9221 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by
9222 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
9223 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
9224 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing
9225 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
9226 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
9227 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
9229 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
9230 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
9232 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
9233 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
9234 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from
9235 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
9236 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
9237 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
9238 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen.
9239 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
9240 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail"
9241 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
9242 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
9243 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
9244 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary
9245 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
9246 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
9247 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From
9248 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
9249 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
9250 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
9251 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
9252 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
9253 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
9254 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
9255 though they were local (essentially, assume that they
9256 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS
9257 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
9258 local model. It does not work reliably if there are
9259 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
9260 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
9261 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
9262 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
9263 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as
9264 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
9266 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
9267 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
9268 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
9269 Information Systems Agency.
9270 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
9271 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
9272 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
9273 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
9274 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
9275 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
9276 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files
9277 that really can be used in the real world.
9278 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
9279 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
9280 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
9281 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
9282 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
9283 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
9284 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
9285 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested
9287 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed
9288 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
9289 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
9290 performance for large alias files, and this confused many
9292 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
9293 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
9294 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
9295 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from
9296 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
9297 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
9298 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
9299 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
9300 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
9301 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code
9302 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
9303 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
9304 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
9305 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
9306 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
9307 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
9308 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified
9309 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
9310 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
9311 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this
9312 code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
9313 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
9314 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed
9316 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
9317 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
9318 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
9319 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
9320 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
9323 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
9325 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
9326 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
9327 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
9328 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
9329 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
9330 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
9331 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
9333 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
9334 cf/domain/generic.m4
9335 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
9336 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
9337 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
9339 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
9340 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
9344 cf/mailer/phquery.m4
9345 cf/mailer/procmail.m4
9346 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
9347 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
9352 cf/ostype/unknown.m4
9355 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
9356 mail.local/mail.local.0
9362 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
9363 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
9364 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
9365 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
9366 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
9367 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
9368 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
9369 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
9370 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
9371 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
9372 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
9373 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
9374 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
9375 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
9376 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
9377 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
9378 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
9379 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
9380 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
9388 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
9389 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
9390 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
9391 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
9392 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
9393 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
9394 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
9395 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
9396 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
9397 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9398 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9399 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9400 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
9401 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4
9402 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
9403 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
9404 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
9405 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
9406 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
9407 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
9408 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
9413 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
9415 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
9416 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
9417 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
9418 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
9419 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
9420 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
9421 contrib/rcpt-streaming
9422 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
9424 8.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25
9425 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
9426 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
9427 any user (except root).
9428 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
9429 version number is unchanged.
9431 8.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28
9432 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
9433 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several
9434 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
9435 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
9436 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
9438 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
9439 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
9442 8.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08
9443 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
9444 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
9445 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
9446 message when attempted from IDENT.
9447 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
9448 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can
9449 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message
9450 to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
9451 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
9452 read from the network to ensure that you don't get
9454 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
9455 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by
9457 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
9458 _res.options field is initialized differently than it
9459 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
9460 res_init before it tweaks any bits.
9461 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
9462 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare
9463 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of
9465 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
9466 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of
9468 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by
9470 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit*
9471 and Liudvikas Bukys.
9472 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
9473 from Spider Boardman.
9474 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
9477 8.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10
9478 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
9479 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
9480 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
9481 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
9482 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
9483 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security
9485 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
9486 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
9487 because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
9488 In some cases this could cause core dumps.
9489 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
9490 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the
9491 University of Texas.
9492 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
9493 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
9494 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
9495 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
9496 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
9497 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of
9499 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
9500 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew
9501 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
9502 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
9503 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
9504 with a lot of arguments).
9505 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
9506 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
9507 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
9509 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
9510 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
9511 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
9512 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
9514 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
9515 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
9516 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies
9517 some of the map code.
9518 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
9521 8.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19
9522 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
9523 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
9524 may have some security implications.
9525 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
9526 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed
9527 Hill of the University of Iowa.
9528 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported
9529 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
9530 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
9531 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC.
9532 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
9533 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
9534 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
9536 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
9537 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
9538 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by
9539 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
9540 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related
9541 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
9543 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
9544 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by
9545 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
9546 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
9547 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by
9548 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
9549 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
9550 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This
9551 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
9552 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
9553 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
9554 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
9555 the canonical name. This should make life easier for
9556 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and
9557 if the name server is listed as "required", try again
9558 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to
9559 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
9561 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
9562 message to explain how much space was available and
9563 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet
9564 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
9565 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
9566 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
9567 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
9568 This prevents a certain class of denial of service
9569 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
9570 moves things more towards what will probably become a
9571 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of
9573 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
9574 without recompiling.
9575 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
9576 if there are errors during parsing. This change is
9578 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
9579 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
9580 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug....
9581 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
9582 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
9583 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
9584 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to
9585 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
9586 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
9587 sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
9588 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
9589 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe
9591 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
9592 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
9593 the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
9594 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
9595 refused" response, and that the connection can be
9596 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations
9597 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
9598 size around and can never start listening to connections
9599 again. The down side is that someone could start up
9600 another daemon process in the interim, so you could
9601 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
9602 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
9603 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the
9604 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
9605 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
9607 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
9608 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar.
9609 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
9610 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
9611 and the like could result in extra data being sent.
9612 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
9613 doc directory. This includes some additional
9615 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
9616 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been
9617 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
9618 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should
9619 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
9620 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
9621 loop the mail, which was bad news.
9623 Newer BSDI systems (several people).
9624 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
9625 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
9626 UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
9627 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9628 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
9629 Newcastle upon Tyne.
9630 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
9632 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
9633 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
9634 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9635 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
9638 src/Makefile.NCR3000
9639 doc/changes/Makefile
9640 doc/changes/changes.me
9641 doc/changes/changes.ps
9643 8.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21
9644 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
9645 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones;
9646 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
9648 8.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14
9649 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
9650 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of
9651 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
9654 8.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13
9655 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
9656 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
9657 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
9658 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
9660 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
9661 in the connection cache for a long time under some
9662 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion,
9663 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the
9664 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From
9665 Doug Anderson of NCSC.
9666 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
9667 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
9668 from a local user to another local user. From
9669 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9670 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
9671 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From
9672 Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9673 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
9674 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
9675 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
9676 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
9677 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
9678 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
9679 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
9680 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
9681 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
9682 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
9683 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From
9684 David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
9685 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
9686 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
9688 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
9690 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
9691 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
9692 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
9693 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify
9694 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
9695 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
9696 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
9697 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
9699 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
9700 file if it was on a read-only file system. From
9701 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
9702 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers
9704 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
9705 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
9706 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon.
9707 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not
9708 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
9709 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
9710 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
9711 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
9712 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto
9713 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
9714 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
9715 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem
9716 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
9717 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
9718 security implications. Suggested by several people.
9719 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
9720 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat
9721 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
9722 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from
9724 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
9725 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
9726 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
9727 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
9728 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
9729 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported
9730 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9731 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
9732 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
9733 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar.
9734 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
9735 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson
9736 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
9737 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
9738 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
9739 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
9740 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
9741 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
9742 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots
9743 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig
9744 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9745 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
9746 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you
9747 didn't see the class items being added.
9748 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
9749 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
9750 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of
9752 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
9753 but sets h_errno to a success value.
9754 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
9755 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
9756 address specified in the P option). This fix should
9757 help problems that cause the df file to be left around
9758 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
9760 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
9761 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
9762 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
9763 Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
9764 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
9765 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
9766 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of
9768 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
9769 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming
9770 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by
9772 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
9773 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by
9774 George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
9775 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
9776 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori
9778 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
9779 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
9780 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
9781 University of Washington.
9782 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
9783 don't have an ``=value'' part.
9784 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
9785 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the
9786 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
9787 of the weird way the name server works in the presence
9788 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
9789 of Cambridge University.
9790 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
9791 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
9792 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
9793 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
9794 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
9795 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
9796 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
9797 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if
9798 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
9799 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
9800 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
9801 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to
9802 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
9803 that country names that match one of your subdomains get
9805 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
9806 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
9807 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
9808 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
9809 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
9810 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will
9811 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
9812 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this
9813 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
9814 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
9815 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From
9816 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
9817 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
9818 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
9819 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
9820 size for various mailers.
9821 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
9822 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
9823 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9824 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
9825 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
9826 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well.
9827 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
9828 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
9829 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other
9831 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
9832 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon
9833 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
9834 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
9835 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe
9836 Michel of Thomson CSF.
9837 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
9838 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
9839 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
9840 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable
9841 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
9842 This also moves matching of explicit local host names
9843 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
9844 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill
9845 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
9846 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
9847 University of Sydney.
9848 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
9849 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
9850 This is because of the known bug where definition of
9851 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
9852 both and deliver into the local mailbox.
9853 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
9854 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
9855 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up
9856 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo
9858 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
9859 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
9860 these are often used because either the forward or reverse
9861 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
9862 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo
9865 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
9866 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
9867 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
9868 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
9869 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
9870 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
9871 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
9872 DGUX from Doug Anderson.
9873 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
9875 src/Makefile.DomainOS
9877 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
9878 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
9879 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
9881 cf/ostype/domainos.m4
9886 8.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13
9887 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
9888 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From
9889 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
9890 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
9891 were invoked. This caused programs to have group
9892 permissions they should not have had (usually group
9893 daemon instead of their own group). In particular,
9894 Perl scripts would refuse to run.
9895 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
9896 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
9897 Although this does not respond to a specific known
9898 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by
9899 Christian Wettergren.
9900 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
9901 a system with a restricted shell listed in their
9902 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
9903 program by putting that in their .forward file.
9904 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
9905 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
9906 execute a program or write a file. You can disable
9907 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't
9908 permit world-writable :include: files to reference
9909 programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
9910 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
9911 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
9912 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
9913 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
9914 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
9915 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially
9916 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
9917 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
9918 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
9919 connection to create problems on the current job.
9920 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
9922 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
9923 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
9924 problem that ignored the load average in locally
9925 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar.
9926 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From
9927 John Orthoefer of BB&N.
9928 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
9929 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
9930 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
9931 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
9932 when sending error messages. This resulted in
9933 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself
9934 on the following queue run. Problem noted by
9935 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
9936 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
9937 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From
9938 Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9939 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
9940 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
9941 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin.
9942 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
9943 of the Chalmers University of Technology.
9944 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
9945 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
9946 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes
9948 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
9949 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
9950 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
9951 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
9952 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
9953 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University.
9954 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
9955 this makes it easier to turn it off (using
9956 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse.
9957 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
9958 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
9959 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
9960 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
9961 transfers to secondary servers. Bug noted by Keith
9962 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
9963 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
9964 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
9965 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
9966 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
9967 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
9968 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
9969 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
9971 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
9972 of from a clean exit.
9973 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
9974 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
9975 might still be found in /etc/hosts.
9976 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
9977 as the subject of an error message, even though the
9978 actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
9979 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
9980 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle
9982 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
9983 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time
9984 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton
9985 University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
9986 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
9987 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
9988 says that they should be ignored.
9989 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
9990 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
9991 (with the null input), and logs the result. This
9992 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
9994 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
9995 documented in the Bat Book.
9996 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
9997 return an error message and did not requeue the message.
9998 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
9999 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
10000 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
10001 code during some parts of connection initialization.
10002 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
10003 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
10004 any case. From Amir Plivatsky.
10005 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
10006 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
10007 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura
10008 of Kyoto University.
10009 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
10010 From P{r Emanuelsson.
10011 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
10012 Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
10013 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by
10015 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
10016 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
10017 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
10018 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori
10020 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
10021 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
10022 illegal addresses appearing there).
10023 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
10025 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
10027 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen
10028 Campbell of Dartmouth University.
10029 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
10030 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
10031 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported
10032 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
10033 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
10034 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
10035 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
10036 by the other end closing the connection. From
10037 Dave Morrison of Oracle.
10038 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
10039 to include a host name or other useful information.
10040 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince
10042 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
10043 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
10044 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
10045 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of
10046 the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
10047 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
10048 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
10049 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
10050 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
10052 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
10053 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
10054 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
10055 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
10056 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
10057 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
10058 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it
10059 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
10060 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
10061 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
10062 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
10063 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
10064 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server
10065 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
10066 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
10067 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
10068 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
10069 of the Institute for Global Communications.
10070 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
10071 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail
10072 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
10073 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
10074 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
10075 mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
10076 Portability fixes for:
10077 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
10078 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
10079 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
10080 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
10081 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
10082 of Stoner Associates.
10083 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
10084 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
10085 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
10087 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
10088 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
10089 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
10090 Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
10091 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
10093 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
10095 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
10096 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
10097 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location
10098 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
10099 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
10100 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
10101 since this is intended only for internal use, the
10102 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The
10103 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
10104 addresses when relaying internally.
10105 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
10106 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution
10107 provided by Peter Wemm.
10108 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
10109 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From
10110 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
10111 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
10112 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
10113 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
10114 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
10115 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
10117 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
10118 rather than letting them get "local configuration
10119 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
10120 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
10121 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
10122 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This
10123 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
10124 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
10125 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
10126 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
10127 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
10128 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
10129 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
10130 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
10131 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan
10133 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From
10134 Jim Murray of Stratus.
10135 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
10136 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host
10137 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
10138 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
10139 the local name prepended.
10140 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
10141 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
10142 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
10143 which lack newline. From Mark Delany.
10144 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
10145 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC
10146 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
10147 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
10148 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
10149 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
10150 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
10151 :include: files and accounts that have shells
10152 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may
10153 cause some .forward files that have worked
10154 before to start failing.
10155 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
10159 src/Makefile.FreeBSD
10160 src/Makefile.Mach386
10161 src/Makefile.NetBSD
10162 src/Makefile.RISCos
10167 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
10169 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
10170 cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
10171 makemap/Makefile.dist
10172 praliases/Makefile.dist
10174 8.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31
10175 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
10176 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
10177 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu.
10178 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This
10179 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
10181 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync()
10182 in a few critical places.
10183 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
10184 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's
10185 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric
10186 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
10187 and High-Energy Physics.
10188 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
10189 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From
10191 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
10192 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
10193 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric
10195 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
10196 really become relevant in the next release, but some
10197 people need it for local patches. From Michael
10198 Corrigan of UC San Diego.
10199 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
10200 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
10201 these can have different values depending on which
10202 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar.
10203 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
10204 what uid/gid processes ran as.
10205 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
10206 the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
10207 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
10209 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
10210 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
10211 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
10212 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
10213 addresses (so that it matches local again). From
10215 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
10216 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
10217 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori
10218 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
10219 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but
10220 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura.
10222 8.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15
10223 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
10224 addresses that get return-receipts.
10225 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
10226 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
10227 and end up sending the message several times.
10228 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
10229 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for
10231 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
10232 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as
10233 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
10234 Cornell University Medical College.
10235 If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
10236 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
10237 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
10238 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric
10240 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
10241 connections fail during message collection. From
10243 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
10244 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
10245 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of
10247 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
10248 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by
10249 Allan Johannesen of WPI.
10250 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
10251 by non-root users were not put into
10252 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
10253 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix
10254 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
10255 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
10256 could get confused as to whether a database was
10258 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
10259 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
10260 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature",
10261 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
10262 that this is a highly exceptional case.)
10263 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
10264 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
10265 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
10266 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
10268 8.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08
10269 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
10270 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
10271 causing an error during parsing, that message was never
10272 propagated to the queue file.
10275 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
10276 conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
10277 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
10278 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
10279 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
10280 header files but don't have the syscall.
10281 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
10283 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
10284 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
10285 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
10286 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
10287 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
10288 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10289 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
10290 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
10291 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
10292 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
10293 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
10294 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
10295 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
10296 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro
10298 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
10299 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill
10300 Wisner of The Well.
10301 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
10302 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
10303 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
10304 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
10305 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups
10306 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
10307 files that you should be able to read but have previously
10308 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
10310 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
10311 if the user is forced to override some silly system,
10312 MX suppression will still work.
10313 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
10314 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it
10315 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
10316 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10317 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
10318 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori
10320 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
10322 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
10323 trying to send the original message if the connection
10324 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
10325 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported
10326 by John Myers of CMU.
10327 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
10329 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
10330 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
10331 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
10332 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would
10333 keep trying, it would send error messages on each
10334 queue interval. This is an important fix.
10335 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
10336 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
10337 ruleset testing a bit easier.
10338 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
10339 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
10341 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
10342 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly
10343 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the
10344 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
10346 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
10347 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of
10348 Harvey Mudd College.
10349 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
10350 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to
10351 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
10352 their full name information.
10353 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
10354 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
10355 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd.
10356 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
10357 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
10358 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
10359 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
10360 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
10361 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
10362 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
10363 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray
10364 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
10365 PC TCP/IP implementations.
10366 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
10367 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults
10368 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved
10369 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
10371 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
10372 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
10374 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
10375 get a queue file for an already completed job. This
10376 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the
10377 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
10378 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
10379 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
10380 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
10381 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
10382 that claims to be itself works properly.
10383 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
10384 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
10385 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
10386 recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
10387 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
10388 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan
10389 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
10390 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
10391 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
10392 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
10393 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
10395 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
10396 true address to still send to the original address
10397 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
10398 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
10399 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
10400 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused
10401 more trouble than it was worth.
10402 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
10403 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob
10404 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
10405 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example,
10406 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
10407 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
10408 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
10410 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
10411 messages don't come out with stale information.
10412 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
10413 will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
10414 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
10415 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner
10417 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
10418 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael
10420 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
10421 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope
10423 Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
10424 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
10425 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
10426 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
10427 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
10428 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
10429 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
10430 that does bulk data transfer).
10431 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by
10433 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an
10434 observation that some people were using the SITE macro
10435 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
10436 bogus config files that were not caught.
10437 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
10438 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
10439 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
10440 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
10441 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
10442 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
10443 :include:s don't use the wrong uid.
10444 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
10445 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
10446 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
10447 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
10448 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
10449 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
10450 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
10451 opened or if running with no database format defined.
10452 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
10453 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
10454 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
10455 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the
10456 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
10458 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
10459 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
10460 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries
10461 to match regular entries.
10462 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
10463 feature, even if it doesn't work right.
10464 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
10465 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
10466 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
10467 for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
10468 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
10469 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
10470 error message so that the "subject" line of return
10471 messages is the best possible.
10472 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
10473 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
10474 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
10475 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
10476 connections (domain-ized UUCP).
10477 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
10478 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10479 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
10480 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
10481 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
10482 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation
10483 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
10485 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
10486 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
10487 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2
10488 installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
10489 Problem noted by Josh Smith.
10490 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
10491 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
10492 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
10493 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
10494 addresses in any detail.
10495 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
10496 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
10497 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
10498 with an address such as "!foo".
10499 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
10500 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better
10501 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
10502 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by
10506 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
10507 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
10508 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
10509 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith.
10510 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
10511 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break
10512 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
10513 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
10514 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori
10516 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
10517 are no DNS records matching the name.
10518 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
10519 original message was received ... from localhost".
10520 The correct original host information is now included.
10521 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
10522 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it
10523 to use -f instead. From John Myers.
10524 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
10525 esmtp -- it should be smtp.
10526 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
10527 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
10528 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
10529 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious
10530 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
10531 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes
10532 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
10533 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
10536 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because
10537 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
10538 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
10539 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
10540 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If
10541 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
10542 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
10543 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
10544 are really configuration errors. This option is
10545 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
10547 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
10548 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused
10549 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
10550 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
10551 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted
10553 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
10554 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
10555 suppress the sending of the message. This changes
10556 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
10557 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem
10558 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
10559 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
10560 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
10561 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit
10562 of dickering with error handling (see below).
10563 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This
10564 will only hurt already-broken software and should help
10566 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
10567 compiled in. It would never read the alias file.
10568 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
10570 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
10571 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change
10572 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
10573 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers.
10574 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
10575 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the
10576 connection rather than sending QUIT.
10577 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
10578 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
10579 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem
10580 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
10581 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10582 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
10583 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
10584 core dumps on some machines.
10585 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
10586 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
10587 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
10588 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
10589 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
10590 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually
10591 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
10592 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
10593 some true error conditions.
10594 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
10595 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced
10596 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
10597 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
10598 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
10599 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it
10600 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted
10601 by Motonori Nakamura.
10602 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
10603 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This
10604 caused error messages to be handled differently during
10605 a queue run than a direct run.
10606 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
10607 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
10608 just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
10609 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
10610 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
10611 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
10612 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
10614 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
10615 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change
10616 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
10617 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
10618 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
10619 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c
10620 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
10621 is appropriately functional.
10622 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
10623 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
10624 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray
10625 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
10626 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
10627 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
10628 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
10629 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
10631 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
10632 process group id. The original fix was to get around
10633 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
10634 any call from a shell that creates a process group id
10635 different from the process id. I could try to fix
10636 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
10637 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
10639 Portability changes:
10640 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
10641 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
10642 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This
10643 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
10645 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should
10646 help other strict ANSI compilers.
10647 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
10649 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
10650 documentation apparently doesn't define
10651 __STDC__ by default).
10652 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
10653 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
10655 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
10656 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
10657 several people have made a good argument that this
10658 creates more problems than it solves (although this
10659 may prove painful in the short run).
10660 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
10662 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
10663 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
10664 addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
10665 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
10666 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
10667 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
10668 the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
10669 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
10670 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
10671 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
10672 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik
10673 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
10674 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
10675 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
10676 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
10677 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10678 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
10679 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default
10680 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
10681 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out
10682 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
10683 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
10684 environments. Ugly as sin.
10687 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
10688 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
10689 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This
10690 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
10691 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
10692 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
10693 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for
10694 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is
10695 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
10696 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
10697 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more
10699 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
10701 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
10702 compatibility library. This also adds a new
10703 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
10704 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
10705 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
10706 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least
10707 for quick test cases.
10708 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
10709 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
10710 and at least one of those addresses is good and points
10711 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
10712 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
10713 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
10714 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers.
10715 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
10716 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This
10717 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
10718 From Michael Corrigan.
10719 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
10720 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested
10721 by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10722 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
10723 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
10724 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner.
10725 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
10726 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by
10727 Christophe Wolfhugel.
10728 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel.
10731 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
10732 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
10733 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT
10734 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
10735 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why???
10736 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
10737 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
10738 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix
10740 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
10741 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
10742 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham
10743 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
10744 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
10745 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
10746 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
10747 match the other flags in that file.
10748 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar.
10749 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
10750 Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
10751 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
10752 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
10753 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar.
10754 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
10755 forks. From Eric Wassenaar.
10756 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
10757 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
10758 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura.
10759 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
10760 was specified, it would still replace the key with the
10761 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10762 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
10763 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code
10764 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
10765 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed
10766 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
10767 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
10768 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
10769 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
10770 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
10771 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
10772 the root and directories leading up to your home);
10773 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
10775 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
10776 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
10777 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
10778 the user's home directory isn't x'able.
10779 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
10780 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
10781 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
10782 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that
10783 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
10784 is separate; this is just intended to work around
10785 network clogs that will occur before the final dot
10786 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar.
10787 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
10788 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
10789 matching without a null it never tries again with a
10790 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never
10791 tries without the null and creates new maps with a
10792 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with
10793 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified,
10794 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
10795 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O,
10797 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
10798 will insert the appropriate full name information;
10799 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
10801 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
10802 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't
10803 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
10804 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
10805 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
10806 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
10807 only happen when there has been another error in the
10808 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined
10809 by default in conf.h.
10810 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
10811 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for
10812 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
10813 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
10814 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
10815 This output is not intended to be particularly human
10816 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
10817 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
10818 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you
10819 have a local net that should get direct connects, you
10820 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
10821 See cf/README for an example.
10822 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
10823 sites that don't use the -d flag.
10824 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
10825 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
10826 has been requested by several people, but can break
10827 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias"
10828 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
10829 although initial delivery will work, replies will be
10830 broken. Use it sparingly.
10831 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains
10832 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is
10833 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
10834 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you
10835 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
10836 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From
10837 Bill Wisner of The Well.
10838 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
10839 first. This is currently unused in the config files,
10840 but could be used in a mailertable entry.
10842 8.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27
10843 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
10844 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
10845 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
10846 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
10847 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
10848 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
10850 8.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12
10851 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
10852 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus
10853 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
10855 8.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08
10856 Another mailertable fix....
10859 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes.